THE 



YOUNG STUDENT'S COMPANION, 



OR 



ELEMENTARY LESSONS AND EXERCISES IN TRANSLATING 



ENGLISH INTO FRENCH. 



ZTjHrt IStoitfon, 
REVISED AND ENLARGED. 



PHILADELPHIA : 
PUBLISHED BY SMITH AND ENGLISH. 

1853. 






Entered according to act of Congress, in the year 1853, by 

SMITH AND ENGLISH, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, in and for 

the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 



S. Douglas Wyeth, Stereotyper. Wm. S. Young, Pr. 






RECOMMENDATIONS. 



Having examined attentively a little book called The Young Student's 
Companion, I take pleasure in recommending it to the attention of those who 
wish to acquire a thorough knowledge of the French language. They will 
find in it much information, especially in acquiring a correct use of the arti- 
cles, pronouns, &c, which present always great difficulties, and require much 
time and trouble in finding their real application in more elaborate works and 
large grammars. 

PETER FRENAYE, 
Professor of the French Language. 
Philadelphia, May 19, 1851. 



The undersigned has used for two years The Young Student's Companion, 
in several schools, and with a great number of scholars. He has found every 
part of it to be perfectly clear and intelligible to all his scholars. He also 
considers the work as complete and as well calculated to give to the students 
a correct knowledge and practical use of the main parts of the French Gram- 
mar, as could be given within the limits assigned to it. 

He therefore feels no hesitation in recommending it to the public as the 
most useful elementary work of its kind ever published in this country. 

B. GARDEL. 
Philadelphia, May 20th, 1851. 



I consider " The Young Student's Companion," as the easiest possible in- 
troduction to the study of the French; I have used this simple and amiable 
little friend, with the greatest benefit to my young pupils. 

PROF. F. DROUIN. 
Philadelphia, June 9th, 1851, 



RECOMMENDATIONS. 

My opinion having been requested upon the Young Student's Companion, 
I take willingly this opportunity to recommend it as one of the best elemen- 
tary books ; because it contains in a very small size all that is necessary to 
beginners, and that can be found in the voluminous French Grammars. It 
is a judicious choice of all the elements of such a language ; a clear and easy 
summary of its most important rules, made with order, shortness and skill, so 
as to instruct, not confound and tire the pupils. I have used and still use it 
in large classes, and it appears to me very fit and useful to learners of the 
French, particularly of this age, who like to be acquainted with it. in a short 
time, and to receive few precepts and much practice. 

V. De amarelli, 

Professor in the University of Pennsylvania, 

No. 409 Market street, above Eleventh. 
Philadelphia, November 16, 1852. 



From the moment I met with the Young Student's Companion and 
perused it, I preferred it to a^iy other work of the kind. I consider the 
method employed in it the most useful to impart the first and most necessary 
principles of the French language. 

J. MAROTEAU. 
Philadelphia, January, 1853. 



PREFACE. 



The object of this little book is to present to the young 
student a condensed view of the elements of the French lan- 
guage, in a clear and simple manner, and, at the same time, 
to lessen the fatigue incurred by the teacher in giving re- 
peated verbal explanations of the most important rules of 
etymology. No attempt has been made to teach the syntax 
of the language, with the exception of a few fundamental 
rules, neither have many idioms been introduced ; the aim of 
the compiler being to avoid whatever might perplex or con- 
fuse. This little work, it will be remembered, is not in- 
tended to take the place of a Grammar, but to prepare 
the pupil, by careful drilling, for larger and more com- 
prehensive treatises ; and it is believed that any child, 
who can distinguish the different parts of speech in En- 
glish, will be able to understand and learn the lessons 
without difficulty ; and that, if they are thoroughly learned, 
the succeeding course of French study will be much facili- 
tated. 

The multiplication of school books may be considered 
an evil, but the compiler could not find any work containing 

1* 



VI PPvEFACE. 

a clear, comprehensive view of the parts of speech and their 
modifications, and at the same time sufficiently elementary 
to be placed in the hands of pupils beginning to translate 
from English into French. She has, therefore, prepared this 
little volume, and, after teaching classes from it for several 
years, and testing its adaptation to the comprehension of pu- 
pils of various ages and capacities, she ventures to offer it 
to the public, in the hope that it may prove a useful auxiliary 
Ao other teachers. In its preparation the best authorities 
have been carefully consulted and followed, and assistance 
has been kindly furnished by several Professors of the French 
language, whose experience in teaching enables them to 

judge of the wants of the young student. 

M. A. L. 

Philadelphia, 1853. 



TO TEACHERS. 

The lessons preceding the exercises are designed to be com- 
mitted to memory by the pupil. He will find it advantageous to 
commit to memory the vocabularies also, as they occur. 

It is not sufficient that the pupil merely write these exercises 
to be examined by the teacher ; he should also be required to 
give his reasons for using one form of the article, adjective, &c, 
in preference to another. 



(7) 



ELEMENTARY FRENCH EXERCISES. 



CHAPTER I. 

ON THE ARTICLE. 
SECT. I. THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 



The, 


le, 


la, 


p, 


les. 


Of the, 


du, 


de la, 


de V ', 


des. 


To the, 


au, 


a la, 


dl>, 


aux. 


From the, 


du, 


de la, 


de V, 


des. 



§ 1. The definite article the is expressed in French by 

fc, before a noun of the masculine gender, singular 
number, beginning with a consonant or an h aspirated ; 

la, before a noun of the feminine gender, singular 
number, beginning with a consonant or an h aspirated ; 

/', before a noun of either gender, singular number, 
beginning with a vowel or a mute h; 

les, before a noun of the plural number, of either 
gender, whether it begin with a vowel or a consonant. 

N. B. — The pupil will remember that a mute h x a silent h, and an 
7 i not aspirated, are synonymous; that is, they mean the same thing- 







Vocabulary. 




Book, 


livre, m. 




King, 


roi, m. 


Brother, 


frere, m. 




Lion, 


lion, m. 


Cow, 


vache, f. 




Man, 


homme, m. A silenl 


Coat, 


habit j m. h mute 




Mind, 


esprit, m. 


»og, 


chien, m. 




Pen, 


jolume, f. 


Ear, 


oreille, f. 




Queen, 


rez'/ie, f. 


Friend, 


ami, m. 




Sister, 


scewr, f. 


Grass, 


herhe, f. A mute. 




Star, 


etoile, f. 


Head, 


tete, f. 




Soul, 


ame, f. 


Ink, 


encre, f. 




Work, 


ouvrage, m. 



N. B. — All the nouns used in the Exercises on the Article, foim 
the plural by adding s to the singular. 

Eule for the Article. — Every Article must agree 
in gender and number with the noun to which it re- 
lates. 

Exercise 1. 
The king, the dog, the book. The queen, the pen, the cow. The 
mind, the work, the man. The star, the ink, the grass. The pens, 
the stars, the books. The lion, the head, the ear, the sister, the 
kings, the friend, the coat, the men, the soul, the brother, the ears, 
the grass, the brothers, the sisters, the men. 



§ 2. De is the French word for of and from. But 
of the &ndfrom the are expressed by 

du, (instead of de le, of which it is a contraction,) 
before a noun of the masculine gender, singular num.- - 
ber, beginning with a consonant or an h aspirated; 

de la, before a noun of the feminine gender, singular 
number, beginning with a vowel or an h aspirated ; 

de l\ before a noun of either gender, singular num- 
ber, beginning with a vowel or an h mute; 

des, (a contraction of de les,) before nouns of the 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 11 

plural number, and of either gender, whether they 
begin with a consonant or not. 

Exercise 2. 

Of the king. From the book. Of the queen. From the pen. 
Of the work. Of the man. From the lion. From the grass. Of 
the friends. From the stars. The dogs of the queen. The coat 
of the brother. The ears of the dog. The head of the cow. The 
sister of the friend. The mind of the man. The books of the men. 

Remark. — Da, de la, de V, and des, are also used to 
express the possessive case of nouns; thus, The king's 
brother, le frere du roi; the queen's sister, la soeur de 
la reine. 

Exercise 3. 

The king's coat. The queen's friend. The man's dog. The 
queen's brother. The brother of the queen. The king's sisters. 
The sisters of the king. From the cow's head. Of the lion's ear. 
The dog's ears. The king's books. The kings' coats. The men's 
cows. The cows' heads. The brother's coat. Of the queen's dogs. 



§ 3. A is the French word for to. But to the is 
expressed by 

an, (instead of a le, of which it is a contraction,) 
before a noun of the masculine gender, singular num- 
ber, beginning with a consonant or an h aspirated ; 

a la, before a noun of the feminine gender, singular 
number, beginning with a consonant or an h aspirated ; 

a V , before a noun of either gender, singular num- 
ber, beginning with a vowel or a silent h; 

aux, (a contraction of a les,) before nouns of the 
plural number. 



12 



ELEMENTARY 



N. B. — The pupil must 
as this accent distinguishes 
for has. 



not omit the grave accent ( v ) over a, to, 
the word a, to, from a, the French word 





Vocabulary. 




And, 


et. 


History, 


histoire, f. h silent. 


Boy, 


gargon, m. 


Honor, 


honneur, m. h silent. 


Child, 


enfant, m. 


Hour, 


heure, f. h silent. 


Door, 


porte, f. 


Justice, 


justice, f. 


Father, 


pere, m. 


Mother, 


mere, f. 


Finger, 


doigt, m. 


School, 


ecole, f. 


Glove, 


grant, m. 


Tooth, 


dent, f. 


Garden, 


jar din, m. 


Tree, 


arhre, m. 


Hand, 


main, f. 


Truth, 


verite, f. 



Exercise 4. 
To the boy, to the garden. To the door, to the hand. To the 
tree, to the school. To the honor, to the hour. To the boys, to 
the doors, to the trees, to the histories. To the ear, to the ears. To 
the tooth, to the teeth. To the ringer of the boy. To the hand of 
the mother. To the trees of the garden. To the sister of the 
boys. To the hands of the child. To the justice of the king. To 
the gloves of the children. To the truth of the history. 



§ 4. The rules given above for rendering the article 
into French, may be briefly expressed as follows : 

Before & plural noun the is expressed by les; of the 
and from the, by des; to the, by aux. 

Before a singular noun of either gender, beginning 
with a vowel or a silent h, the is expressed by V ; of the 
and from the, by de V ; to the, by a l\ 

Before a singular noun of the feminine gender, be- 
ginning with a consonant or an h aspirate, the is ex- 
pressed by la; of the and from the, by de la; to the, 
by a la. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 13 

^ Before a singular noun of the masculine gender, be- 
ginning with a consonant or an h aspirate, the is ex- 
pressed by le; of the and from the, by du; to the, by au. 

Exercise 5. 

The father, of the father, to the father, from the father. The 
mother, of the mother, to the mother, from the mother. The fa- 
thers, of the fathers, to the fathers, from the fathers. The child, 
of the child, to the child, from the child. The children, of the chil- 
dren, to the children, from the children. The hour, to the hour, 
of the hours. The man, of the man, to the men. Of the histories. 
From the histories. The boy's friend. The sister's mind. The 
child's ear. The teeth of the lion. Send (envoyez) the children to 
the school. To the sister of the king. Bring (apportez) the boys' 
pens. To the stars. To the ink. 

§ 5. In English, when two or more nouns axe con- 
nected by the conjunction and, the article is some- 
times expressed before the first noun only, and omit- 
ted before the others ; but in French, the article must 
be repeated before each of the nouns. 

The same remark applies to the prepositions a 
and de. 

Exercise 6. 

The pen and ink. The ear and hand of the man. The friend of 
the father, mother, and children. To the kings and queens. The 
books of the brothers and sisters. The children's mother and father. 
Send the books, pens, and ink to the school. Bring the boy's coat 
and gloves to the door. The king's truth and justice. The child's- 
ear and fingers. To the honor and justice of the boy. The queen's 
brothers and sisters. The children's friend. Send the gloves to the 
men and boys. Of the friend's work. The king's friends. To the 
queen's gardens. To the father, mother, and child. Send the boys' 
coats to the man. 

2 



14 ELEMENTARY 

Remark. — In every French grammar, various rules are given for 
the use and omission of the article, but they do not come within the 
scope of so elementary a work as this. The following one, however, 
is so important to the beginner, that it is inserted. 

§ 6. Kule. — All French nouns used in the widest 
sense, must be preceded by the definite article. 

In English, nouns taken in their widest sense are used without an 
article. Thus in saying, Man is mortal, we mean by man, all man- 
kind. When we say, Birds fly, fishes swim, quadrupeds have four 
feet, we do not mean some birds, some fishes, some quadrupeds, but 
all birds, fishes, quadrupeds. In the French language, the reverse 
of this takes place. 

N. B. — In the following exercise, write in French the nouns only 
with their appropriate articles. 

Exercise 7. 

Kings and queens are mortal. Children love to play. Ink is 
liquid. Mind cannot die. Friends are invaluable. Grass is green. 
Men love truth and justice. Honor is often misunderstood. Lions 
roar. Boys should not be mischievous. Man's honor. The his- 
tories of kings and queens. Truth is precious. Stars twinkle. Dogs 
and lions are carnivorous. Cows eat grass. Kings should be just. 

§ 7. Proper Nouns. — (1.) Names of countries take 
the definite article before them ; as, Europe, V Europe. 

Unless they are preceded by a verb signifying 
dwelling, going, or coming, when the article must be 
omitted. In these instances, in and to must be trans- 
lated by en, and from, by de; as, 

He is in France, 11 est en France^ 

He comes from France,- 11 vient de France. 

He is going to France, 11 va en France. 

N. B. — Several exceptions to this general rule are found in French 
grammars, which the pupil will learn hereafter. 

(2.) The names of persons, cities, and towns, are used 
in French as in English, without the article. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



15 



SECT. H. THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 



A or an, 
A or an, 



un, masc. smg. 
une, fern. sing. 



§ 8. A or an is translated into French by an be- 
fore a noun of the masculine gender, and by line be- 
fore a noun of the feminine gender, whether the 
French noun begin with a consonant or a vowel. 







Vlasc. 


Fern. 




Of a or an, < 


fun, 


oVune. 




To a or an, < 


I un, 


a une. 




From a or an, < 


fun, 


oVune. 




Vocabulary. 






Apple, 


pomme, f. 


Perfume, 




parfum, m. 


Aprioot, 


abricot, m. 


Pink, 




oeillet, m. 


Cloth, 


drap, m. 


Plum, 




prune, f. 


House, 


maison, f. 


Rose, 




rose, f. 


Lemon, 


citron, m. 


Silk, 




S026, f. 


Orange, 


orange, f. 


Snow-drop, 


perce-neige, 


Peach, 


peche, f. 


Strawberry, 


/raise, f. 


Pencil, 


crayon, m. 


Violet, 




violette, f. 



Exercise 8 . 
A rose, an orange, a pink, an apple. Of a lemon, of a plum, of a 
violet, of an apricot. To a pink, to a snow-drop, to a father, to a 
child. A history of a king. The head of a lion. A sister of the 
queen. To a garden. To a house. Bring a pencil and a book. 
Send an apple and an orange to the boy's mother. Of an hour. 
The fingers of a glove. A lion's ears. From a king. Have you 
(avez-vous) a pen ? Will you have (youlez-vous) an apricot ? The 
trees of a garden. From a friend, from a star, from a child, from a 
history. The perfume of a violet. To the door of a house. 



16 



ELEMENTARY 



SECT. III. THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE. 



Some or any, du, de la, del 1 , des, de, d\ 

§ 9. The partitive article, du, de la, deT , des, de, d\ 
(Englished by some or any, expressed or understood,) 
is used to express a portion of a whole thing, or part 
of a quantity of things. 

Some or any is expressed in French by 

du, before a noun masculine, singular, commencing 
with a consonant or h aspirate ; 

de la, before a noun feminine, singular, commenc- 
ing with a consonant or h aspirate ; 

de V , before a noun singular, commencing with a 
vowel or silent h ; 

des, before a noun of the plural number ; 

de, before an adjective commencing with a conso- 
nant or h aspirate, or, in a negative sentence, before a 
noun commencing with a consonant or h aspirate ; 

d\ before an adjective commencing with a vowel or 
h mute, or, in a negative sentence, before a noun com- 
mencing with a vowel or h mute. 

Vocabulary. 



Beef, 


bceuf, m. 


Milk, 


lait, m. 


Beauty, 


beaute, f. 


Modesty, 


modest ie, f. 


Bread, 


pain j m. 


Mutton, 


mouton, m. 


Butter, 


beurre, m. 


Prudence, 


prudence, f. 


Coffee, 


cafe, m. 


Silver, 


argent, m. 


Cream, 


creme, f. 


Sugar, 


sucre, m. 


Gold, 


or, m. 


Tea, 


the, m. 


Grape, 


raisin, m. 


Wine, 


vin, m 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 17 

Exercise 9. 
Some bread and some cream. Some strawberries and some apri- 
cots. Have you any lemons ? Will you have some ink ? Send 
some peaches to the child's mother. Some histories. Some pru- 
dence. Have you any grapes ? Some houses. Some pencils. Have 
you any pinks ? Some sugar and some tea. Bring some grapes, some 
oranges, and some lemons. Some work. Some cloth and some silk. 

§ 10. Some or any is often understood in English 
without being expressed ; but when it is understood, 
the partitive article must be expressed in French, 
and must be repeated before every noun where it is 
understood. 

Exercise 10. 

Some coffee, tea, and sugar. Will you have milk or (oil) cream ? 
Send some books, pens, and ink to the boys. Have you any bread 
and butter ? I have (J'ai) snow-drops and violets. Will you have 
beef or mutton ? She has (die a) beauty and modesty. Send some 
strawberries and cream to the boy's sister. Bring some pinks and roses. 
Will you have gold or silver? He has (il a) apples and plums. She 
has a father and mother, brothers and sisters, children and friends. 

Remark 1. The pupil must remember that it is when the 
French adjective precedes the noun that some and any are 
expressed by de or d'* ; by de, if the French adjective com- 
mences with a consonant, and by d\ if the adjective com- 
mences with a vowel or silent h. 

Exercise 11. 
Some bread. Some good (bon) bread. Have you any pens? 
Have you any good (bonnes) pens? She has fine (belles) oranges. 
Bring some good (bonne) ink. Have you any new (nouveaux) books? 
She has good (bom) friends. Have you coffee, tea, and sugar? 
Here are (void) some fin2 (belles) peaches. Bring some roses and 
violets. Have you fine (belles) cows? Send some grapes and 
oranges to the children. Have you good (bonnet) oranges ? Will 
you have silk or cloth ? 



18 ELEMENTARY 

Exercise 12. 

Give me (donnez-moi) the boy's gloves, and send the coat to the 
school. Will you have coffee or tea ? The beauty of the stars. 
Have you any good (bonne) ink ? Send some ink to the boys. 
Have you any roses ? Here are some fine (belles) roses. The grass 
of the garden. The lion's tooth. A man's hands. Give me some 
snow-drops and violets. Send some bread and milk to the children. 
A dog's head. Send a rose and a pink to the child's sister. A star, 
an hour, a hand. The ears of lions and dogs. The rose's perfume. 

Remark 2. In the following Exercise, no is equivalent to 
not any; and not, used with a verb, is expressed in French 
by placing ne before the verb and pas after it. Ne is written 
ri* before a vowel or h mute. 

Exercise 13. 

Have you any bread ? I have no (not any) bread. He has no 
friends. I have no fine {belles) oranges. She has prudence ; she 
has no beauty. Have you any books ? Have you any good (bons] 
books ? I have no apricots. I have no good (bons) apricots. I 
have good (bonnes) plums. She has apples. He has fine (belles) 
apples. The boy has good (bonnes) pens. The brother has no good 
(bonnes) pens. Have you good (bon) wine ? I have no wine ; I 
have milk. The man has silver ; he has no gold. The child has no 
teeth. 

Remark 3. Some and any, meaning a few, and followed 
by a noun, are translated into French by quelques, as will be 
seen in the Section on the Indefinite Adjectives. 

Remark 4. Some and any, meaning a few, and not fol- 
lowed by a noun, will be explained in Chapter X, on the In- 
definite Pronouns. 

Remark 5. Some and any, not followed by a noun, and 
used at the end of a sentence, will be explained in Chapter VII, 
on the Personal Pronouns. 






FRENCH EXERCISES. 19 



CHAPTER II. 

THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF FRENCH NOUNS. 

§ 11. To form the plural of French nouns, add s 
to the singular; as pere, father, j0£m, fathers. 

Exception 1. Nouns ending in s, x, or z, in the singular, do 
not vary in the plural; as fils, son,jils, sons. 

Exception 2. Nouns ending in au or eu, add x to form the 
plural; as eau, water, eaux, waters. 

Exception 3. The following nouns in ou take x to form the 
plural; viz: bijou, jewel; caillou, pebble; chou, cabbage ; 
genou, knee ; hibou, owl ; pou, louse ; joujou, plaything. 

Verrou, bolt, has verrous for the plural, according to the French 
Academy, but in most dictionaries, verroux is given as the plural. 

N. B. Remember that all other French nouns in ou form their 
plural regularly, by the addition of s. 

Exception 4. Nouns ending in al change this termination 
into aux to form the plural ; as cheval, horse, chevaux, horses. 

But bal, ball; carnaval, carnival; regal, feast, and a few others, 
form their plural regularly, by the addition of s to the singular. 

Exception 5. The following nouns in ail form their plural 
by changing ail into' aux ; viz: bail, lease ; imail, enamel ; 
corail, coral ; travail, work ; soupirail, air-hole ; vantail, leaf 
of a folding door; vent ail, the part of a helmet which admits 
air. 

Other French nouns in ail form their plural regularly by adding 
c to the singular. 



20 



ELEMENTARY 



Exception 6. del, heaven, has cieux in the plural. CEil, 
eye, has yeux. Jlieul, ancestor, has a'ieux. 

N. B. There are a few irregularities in the formation of the plural of nouns 
which are not mentioned here, because they are not important to the young 
student. They can be found in almost any French grammar. 

Exercise 14. 

The pupil will commit to memory the following 
French nouns, and write them in the plural. 



Animal, 


animal, m. 


Eye, 


ceil, m. 


Arm, 


"bras, m. 


Fan, 


evantail, m. 


Ball, 


bal, m. 


Feast, 


regal, m. 


Bird, 


oiseau, m. 


Fire, 


feu, m. 


Bolt, 


verrou, m. 


Fool, 


fou, m. 


Bone, 


os, m. 


Foot, 


pied, m. 


Brook, 


ruisseau, m. 


Game, 


jeu, m. 


Cabbage, 


chou, m. 


General, 


general, m. 


Cage, 


cage, f. 


Girl, 


fille, f. 


Carnival, 


carnaval, m. 


Hammer, 


marteau, m. 


Cent, 


sou , m. 


Hat, 


chapeau, m. 


Cloak, 


manteau, m. 


Hair, (a) 


cheveu, m. 


Coral, 


cor ail , m. 


Halter, 


licouj m. 


Country, 


pays, m. * 


Heaven, 


c£e£, m. 


Cradle, 


berccau, m. 


Height, 


hauteur, f. ^ asp. 


Cross, 


croix, f. 


Hero, 


Aeros, m. h asp. 


Crystal, 


cristal, m. 


Hole, 


£row, m. 


Daughter, 


fille, f. 


Horse, 


cheval, m. 


Day, 


jour, m. 


Jewel, 


fo)cw, m. 


Detail, 


detail, m. 


Knee, 


genou, m. 


Evil, 


mat, m. 


Knife, 


couteau, m. 




Exerc 


ise 15. 




The 


pupil will commit 


to memory the following 


French 


nouns, and write i 


;hem in the plural. 


Lamb, 


agneau, m. 


Mallet, 


mai7, m. 


Lease, 


bail, m. 


Month, 


md&, m. 


Lesson, 


legon, f. 


Mouth, 


baucJie, f. 


Lily, 


lis, m. 


Mouse, * 


souris, f. 


Louse, 


pou, m. 


Nail, 


cfow, m. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



21 



Neighbor, 


voisin, m. 


Son, 


fils, m, 


Nephew, 


neveu, m. 


Stocking, 


bas, m, 


Night, 


nuit, f. 


Table, 


table, f. 


Nose, 


nez, m. 


Tongue, 


langue, f. 


Owl, 


Mbou, m. h asp. 


Tooth, 


dent, £ 


Palace, 


palais, m. 


Thumb, 


jpouce, m. 


Pebble, 


caillouj m. 


Value, 


price, m. 


Pine-apple 


, ananas, m. 


Vessel, 


vaisseau, m 


Place, 


lieu, m. 


Voice, 


i/OlflC, f. 


Plaything, 


joujou, m. 


Walnut, 


TIOICC, f, 


Price, 


prix, m. 


Water, 


ea^, f. 


Ring, 


anneau, m. 


Weight, 


poids, m. 


Room, 


chambre, f. 


Wind, 


i;e?^, m. 


Rudder, 


gouvernail, m. 


Woman, 


femme, f. 


Shoe, 


Soulier, m. 


Wood, 


Z><9is, m. 


Sheep, 


brebis, f. 


Work, 


travail, m. 


Sky, 


del, m. 


Worth, 


prifo, m. 



Exercise 16. 

The rudders of the vessels. The eyes of the birds. The voices 
of the generals. The queen's jewels. The children's playthings. 
Bring some cabbages from the garden. Give me the boys' hats and 
cloaks. From the palaces. Give me some strawberries, some le- 
mons, a pine-apple, and some fine (belles) oranges. The boy's friend 
has gold and silver. Here are some good (bonnes) pens. The man 
has horses and cows. The teeth of the mice. Will you have wine 
or water? Have you any good (bonne) water? The boy's arms. 

Exercise 17. 

The halters of the horses. The voice of the hero. The sons of 
the heroes. The prices of the fans. Here are some nails and bolts. 
The bones of the arm. The pebbles of the brooks. Have you any 
pine-apples? The lilies of the gardens. The head, mouth, and teeth 
of a sheep. The price of the horses. The voices of the birds. 
Bring some crystals. Of the waters and winds. To the balls of the 
queen. The eyes of the owl. To the skies. The ear and eye of 
man. Send some pine-apples and peaches to the neighbors. 



22 



ELEMENTARY 



CHAPTER III. 

ON THE ADJECTIVE. 

SECT. I. THE FORMATION OF THE FEMININE OF FRENCH 
ADJECTIVES. 



§ 12. Rule 1.— Adjectives ending with e mute 
have their masculine and feminine alike; as digne, 
digne, worthy. 

§ 13. Rule 2. — The feminine of adjectives which 
do not end with e mute, is generally formed by ad- 
ding e mute to the masculine ; as mediant, mechante, 
wicked. 

Exception 1. — Adjectives ending with f change this letter 
into ve j as href, breve, short. 

Exception 2. — Adjectives ending with x change this letter 
into se ; as heureux, heureuse, happy. 

Exception 3. — Adjectives ending in 



el, 

eil, 

en, 

et, 

on, 



make their feminine in 



elle, 

eille, 

enne, 

ette, 

onne. 



as tel, telle, such ; pareil, pareille, like ; ancien, ancimne, 
\ncient ; muet, muette, dumb ; bon, bonne, good. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



23 



The following list includes many of the adjectives in com- 
mon use which do not form their feminine gender agreeably to 
the rules given above. 



Masc. 


Fern. 


English. 




DouXj 


douce, 


sweet. 




Faux, 


fausse, 


false. 




Nul, 


nulle, 


no. 




Gentil, 


gentille, 


kind or pretty. 


Sot, 


sotte, 


silly. 




Bas, 


basse, 


low. 




Gras, 


grasse, 


fat. 




Las, 


lasse, 


weary. 




Fpais, 


epaisse, 


thick. 




Gros, 


grosse, 


large. 




Frais, 


fraiche, 


fresh. 




Blanc, 


Blanche, 


white. 




Franc, 


franche, 


frank. 




Sec, 


seche, 


dry. 




Public, 


publique, 


public. 




Long, 


longue, 


long. 




B4nin, 


benigne, 


benign. 




Malin, 


maligne, 


malicious. 




Trompeur, 


trompeuse, 


deceitful. 




Favori, 


favorite, 


favorite. 




Before a noun 


Before a noun 






masculine, be- 


masculine, be- 






ginning with a 


ginning with a 






consonant or/i 


vowel or h 






aspirated. 


mute. 


Fem. 


' English. 


Beau, 


bel, 


belle, 


beautiful 


Nouveau, 


nouvel, 


nouvelle, 


new. 


Fou, 


fol, 


folle, 


foolish. 


Mou, 


mol, 


molle, 


soft. 


Vieux, 


vieil, 


vieille, 


old. 



24 



ELEMENTARY 



Exercise 18. 

The pupil will commit to memory the following 
French adjectives, and write them in the feminine 
singular. 

Actif, active. 
Age, old. 
Amer* bitter. 
Ancien, ancient. 
Aitentif, attentive. 
Aveugle, blind. 
Avide, greedy. 
Bleu, blue. 
Bon, good. 
Bref, short. 
Captif, captive. 
Carre, square. 
Cher* dear. 
Content, pleased. 
Coupable, guilty. 
Courageux, courageous. 
Digne, worthy. 
Difficile, difficult. 
Dur, hard. 
Envieux, envious. 
Fidele, faithful. 
Grand, great ; tall. 
Gris, grey. 
Heureux, happy. 
Ingrat, ungrateful. 
Injuste, unjust. 
Jaune, yellow. 
Jeune, young. 



Leger,* light. 
Malade, sick. 
Malheur eux, unhappy. 
Mediant, wicked. 
Mortel, mortal. 
Muet, dumb. 
Naturel, natural. 
Nbir, black. 
Odoriferant, fragrant. 
Olsif, idle. 
Orgueilleux, proud. 
Pareil, like. 
Paresseux, lazy. 
Pauvre, poor. 
Pensif, thoughtful. 
Precieux, precious. 
Pourpre, purple. 
Propre, clean. 
Pond, round. 
Rouge, red. 
Soigneux, careful. 
Sourd, deaf. 
Triste, sad. 
Vermeil, rosy. 
Yert, green. 
Vertueux, virtuous. 
Vif, quick, lively. 
Vindicatif, revengeful. 



JSfeuf, new, that has not been used. 

Nouveau, new, newly published. 
* Adjectives ending in er, form the feminine not only by the addition 
of e mute, but require a grave accent ( v ) to be placed over the e pre- 
ceding the final r. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



25 



SECT. II. THE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES. 

§ 14. The masculine plural of adjectives is formGd 
like that of nouns, and the feminine plural is formed 
from the feminine singular by adding s. 

Except, bleu , blue, makes bleus ; and tout, all, makes 
tons, in the plural masculine. 

Remark. — Participles, when used as adjectives, form their 
feminine by the addition of a mute e, and their plural by the 
addition of s. 



Exercise 19. 



The pupil will commit to memory the following 
French adjectives and participles, and write them in 
the feminine singular, masculine plural, and femi- 
nine plural. 



Aime, 


loved. 


Fort, 


strong. 


Affreux, 


frightful. 


Frangais, 


French. 


Americain, 


American. 


Gauche, 


left, awkward 


Anglais, 


English. 


Genereux, 


generous. 


Brun, 


brown. 


Honnete, 


honest. 


Capricieux, 


whimsical. 


Italien, 


Italian. 


Court, 


short. 


Jaloux, 


jealous. 


Cruel, 


cruel. 


Lent, 


slow. 


Curieux, 


curious. 


Mitr, 


ripe. 


Dangereux, 


dangerous. 


Perdu, 


lost. 


Dernier, 


last. 


Plein, 


full. 


Donne, 


given. 


Pret, 


ready. 


Droit, 


right. 


Pris, 


taken. 


Da, 


owed. 


Puni, 


punished. 


Ecrit, 


written. 


Pegu, 


received. 


Egal, 


equal. 


Seul, 


alone, only. 


Eu, 


had. 


Suivi, 


followed. 


Fier, 


haughty. 


Vendu, 


sold. 


Fin, 


fine, not coarse. 


Vu, 


seen. 



26 



ELEMENTARY 



SECT. III. THE PLACE OF ADJECTIVES. 

§ 15. (1.) Most French adjectives follow the noun 
to which they refer, 

(2.) The following are commonly placed before the noun. 



Beau, handsome, fine. 

Bon, good. 

Cher, dear, meaning loved. 

Grand, great. 

Gros, large. 

Jeune, young. 

Joli, pretty. 

Mauvais, bad. 



Mediant, wicked. 
Meilleur, better. 
Meme, same. 
Moindre, less. 
Petit, small, little. 
Saint, holy. 
Tout, all. 
Vieux, old. 



(3.) The numeral adjectives, also, are placed before the 
noun, except when speaking of titles. 

(4.) Some adjectives have different meanings, according as 
they are placed before or after the noun. Thus, 

Un grand homme, 
Un Tiomme grand, 
Un brave homme, 
Un Tiomme brave, 
Un honnete Tiomme, 
Un Tiomme honnete, 
Un pauvre auteur, 
Un auteur pauvre, 

Cher, dear, meaning high-priced, is placed after the noun ; as, un 
habit cher, a dear coat. 

Bon has not its usual meaning before the word homme, man ; for 
un bon Tiomme means a simpleton, or an artless man with little sense; 
un homme bon means a good-natured man. With all other words 
bon has its usual meaning, and is placed before them. 

N.B. For the other adjectives whose signification varies according to 
their position, the pupil is referred to a French grammar or dictionary. 

(5.) Many French adjectives can be placed either before or 
after their nouns, as the sound, perspicuity, or emphasis requires. 



means 


a great man. 


it 


a tali man. 


a 


an honest man. 


u 


a brave man. 


u 


an honest man. 


tt 


a polite man. 


a 


an author without merit. 


it 


an author without a fortune 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 27 

SECT. IV.' THE AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVE& 

Rule 1.— Every adjective must agree in gender and num- 
ber with the noun or pronoun to which it refers. 

Rule 2. — If an adjective is used to qualify two or more nouns 
in the singular number of the same gender, it must be put in 
the plural r , and agree with them in gender ; as, 
The father and uncle are pleased. 
Le pere et Vonde sont CONTENTS. 
The mother and aunt are pleased. 
La mere et la tante sont contentes. 

If the nouns to which the adjective relates are of different 
genders, the adjective is to be put in the masculine plural ; as, 
The father and mother are pleased. 
Lepbre et la mire sont CONTENTS. 

Exercise 20. 

A handsome horse. A fine cow. The handsome horses of my 
(man) friend. The neighbor's fine cows. The old woman is (est) 
blind and deaf. The blind man is happy. He has a faithful dog 
and a fine garden. The brother and sister are (sont) happy. We 
have delicious peaches and apricots. The queen has grey horses. 
The king's brother is a tall man. The children's mother is a coura- 
geous woman. A pretty child. The envious girl is unhappy. 

Remark. — The pupil must remember that, although some is 
expressed by de or d* before an adjective, (see § 9,) yet of the 
is invariably translated by da, de la, de V and des, as explained 
in § 2. 

Exercise 21. 

I have fine sheep. The price of the fine sheep. You have pretty 
lambs. The beauty of the young lambs. An English boy. An Italian 
girl. The public voice. A clean house. I have white stockings 
and black shoes. The right hand and the left hand. The history 
of good kings. Send me some blue violets. The perfume of the 
blue violet is delicious. He sells bad apples. We have no ripe 
peaches. You have a short lesson. The queen had a haughty soul. 



28 ELEMENTARY 

SECT. V. THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

§ 16. Examples of adjectives compared regularly. 



Positive. 


Comparative. 




Superlative. 


Sage, 


plies sage, 




le plus sage. 


Wise, 


wiser, 




the wisest. 


Heureux, 


plus heureux, 




le plus heureux. 


Happy, 


happier, 




the happiest. 


Hon teux, 


plus honteux, 




le plus honteux. 


Shameful, 


more shameful, 


the most shameful. 


Utile, 


moins utile, 




le moins utile. 


Useful, 


less useful, 




the least useful. 


More amiable than, 


plus 


aimableque. 


Less studious than, 


TYwins studieux que. 


Not so fatal 


as, 


pas 


aussi funeste que. 


As delicious 


as, 


aussi delicieux que. 


. B. — Que is written qu y before a vowel or silent h. 




Exercise 22. 





The rose is more beautiful than the violet. This (ceite) apple is 
as delicious as a pine-apple. She is less studious than her (so) sister. 
A rose as white as the lily. Peaches are more delicious than ap- 
ples. The greatest of evils. The happiest child. The least amia- 
ble of the sisters. The most wicked of men. The snow-drop is 
not so fragrant as the violet. The perfume of the rose is sweeter 
than that (celui) of the pink. Gold is more precious than silver. 
Silver is less precious than gold. The night is as short as the day. 

Exercise 23. 

The most cruel of kings. The most generous of queens. The 
plum is less sweet than the peach. The lion is the strongest of 
animals. The beauty of the white lily is not equal to that (celle) 
of the white rose. The mother and the children are ready. The 
peaches are riper than the plums. The history of the evils. The 
prices of the mallets. A woman less cruel and whimsical than the 
queen. We have purple grapes and red apples. A beautiful bird. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 29 

§ 17, The following adjectives are compared irre- 
gularly, thus: 

Bon, good, meitteur, better, le meilleur, the best. 

Petit, little, or moindre, less, or le moindre, the least, 

small, smaller, or smallest. 

Mauvais, bad, pire, worse, lepire, the worst. 

Remark. — Better and best, when adjectives, are always translated 
by meilleur and le meilleur; but less may be translated by plus petit, 
as well as by moindre, and worse by plus mauvais, as well as by pire. 

Exercise 24. 

Give me a better pen and blacker ink. The value (valeur, f.) of 
silver is less than that (cells) of gold. The apple is good, but (mats') 
the peach is better. Give me the worst of the pens. The best of 
the brothers. The height of the house is less than that (cede) of 
the tree. A better house. The pen is bad. The ink is worse. Have 
you a better book? The worst of evils. 

§ 18. The pupil should be careful not to confound the pre- 
ceding adjectives with the following adverbs, which are like- 
wise irregularly compared. 

adverbs. 

Bien, well, mieux, better, le mieux, the best. 

Pen, little, moins, less, le moins, the least. 

Mai, badly, pis, worse, le pis, the worst. 

Exercise 25. 

N. B. The pupil will find in the Appendix the verbs used in the following 
exercises, unless they are inserted in the exercise. 

I write little, but you write less. The little child has red shoes. 
The pen is better than the ink. The sister reads better than the 
brother. The price of the cloth is less than that (celui) of the silk. 
The apples are sweet, the peaches are sweeter. The neighbor does i 
badly; his (son) brother does worse. The height of the trees is 
greater than that (ceUe) of the house. Give me riper plums. 
3* 



30 



ELEMENTARY 



Remark. — In English, nouns are used as adjectives when they 
are placed before other nouns which they describe ; as, A cloth coat. 
But in French, the noun which is used as an adjective, is placed 
after the other, with a preposition between them to express their re- 
lation to each other. 

When the first noun denotes the ?naterial of which anything 
is made, it is placed after the second noun, with the preposition 
de between them ; as, A cloth coat, Un habit de drap. 

N. B. Other relations between nouns are variously expressed in French, 
but they do not come within the scope of so elementary a work as this. 
The pupil will find them explained in French grammars. 







Vocabulary. 




Edward, 


Edouard. 




Lucy, 


Lucie. 


Emily, 


Emilie. 




Mary, 


Marie. 


George, 


George. 




Matilda, 


Mathilda. 


Henry, 


Henri. 




Peter, 


Pierre. 


John, 


Jean. 




Sophia, 


Sophie. 


Julia, 


Julie. 




Stephen, 


Etienne. 


Louisa, 


Louise. 


Exerci 


William, 
'se 26. 


Guillaume 



Mary has a silver knife and a gold pencil. Will you have silk 
stockings? Sophia writes well, but Emily writes better. Henry is 
older than William. Mary is more careful than Matilda. Edward 
is the most active of the boys. Emily is the most attentive of the 
girls. Julia has blue gloves. A queen more benign than Mary. 
Will you have a longer lesson ? Sophia has a little bird in a small 
cage. Louisa is lazier than Lucy. George shall have a silver pen- 
cil. Peter is taller than Stephen. She is as young and as beautiful 
as Emily. We have no sweet wine. A king less revengeful than 
John. A lesson badly written. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



31 



SECT. VI. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 
(Extracted by permission from Bolmar's Colloquial Phrases.) 

N. B. When a number is named without a noun after it, it is pronounced as 
it is written opposite the figures, or as it is spelt between a parenthesis ( ), taking 
care not to pronounce the letter or letters marked in italics. 

When some of the numbers are followed by a noun, their pronunciation va- 
ries according as that noun begins with a consonant, a vowel, or an h mute.— 
See the directions given in small print, under every number that needs any di- 
rections. 



Nombres Cardinaux. 



Cardinal Numbers. 



1 un, 


masc. 


1 une, 


fern. 


2 deux, 




deu, before a 


consonant 



deuz, before a vowel or an h mute. 

3 trois, 

troi, before a consonant. 

troiz, before a vowel or an h mute. 

4 quatre, 

5 cinq, 

cin, before a consonant. 

cink, before a vowel or an h mute. 

6 six (sis) 

si, before a consonant. 

siz, before a vowel or an h mute. 

7 sept, 

se, before a consonant. 

set, before a vowel or an h mute. 

8 huit, 

hui, before a consonant. 

huit, before a vowel or an h mute. 

9 neuf, 

neu, before a consonant. 

neuv, before a vowel or an h mute. 



one. 
one. 
two. 



three. 



four, 
jive. 



six. 



seven. 



eight. 



nine. 



32 



ELEMENTARY 



10 dix (dis) 

di, before a consonant. 

diz, before a vowel or an h mute. 

11 onze, 

12 douze, 

13 treize, 

14 quatorze, 

15 quinze, 

16 seize, 

17 dix-sept, (dis-set) 

18 dix-huit, (di-zuit) 

19 dix-neuf, (diz-neuf) 

20 \ingt, 
In all the following, pronounce the t 

21 vin^t et un, (vin te un) 

22 vin^t-deux, 

23 vin^t-trois, 

24 vin^t-quatre, 

25 vin^t-cinq, 

26 vin^t-six, 

27 vin^t-septj 

28 yin^t-huit, 

29 vin#t-neuf, 
In the following, pronounce the t in 

30 trente, 

31 trente et un, 

32 trente-deux, 

33 trente-trois, 

34 trente-quatre, 

35 trente-cinq, 

36 trente-six (sis) 

37 trente-sept, 

38 trente -buit, 

39 trente-neuf, 



ten. 



eleven. 

twelve, 

thirteen. 

fourteen, 

fifteen, 

sixteen. 

seventeen. 

eighteen. 

nineteen. 

twenty. 
in vingt very strongly. 

twenty-one. 

twenty -two. 

twenty-three. 

twenty-four. 

twenty-five. 

twenty-six. 

twenty-seven. 

twenty-eight. 

twenty-nine, 
trente very strongly. 

thirty. 

thirty-one. 

thirty-two. 

thirty-three. 

thirty-four. 

thirty-five. 

thirty-six. 

thirty-seven. 

thirty-eight, 

thirty-nine. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 33 

In all the following, pronounce the t in quarante very strongly. 

40 quarante, forty. 

41 quarante e* un, forty-one. 

42 quarante-deuce, forty-two. 

43 quarante-trois, forty -three. 

44 quarante-quatre, forty-four, 

45 quaraute-cinq, forty-five. 

46 quarante-six, (sis) forty-six. 

47 quarante-sept, forty-seven. 

48 quarante-huit, forty-eight. 

49 quarante-neuf, forty-nine. 
In all the following, pronounce the t in cinquante very strongly. 

50 cinquante, fifty- 

51 cinquante et un, fifty-one. 

52 cinquante -deux, fifty-two. 

53 cinquante-trois, fifty-three, 

54 cinquante-quatre, fifty -four. 

55 cinquante-cinq, .fifty-fi ve - 

56 cinquante-six, (sis) fifty-six. 

57 cinquante-sept, fifty-seven. 

58 cinquante-huit, fifty-eight. 

59 cinquante-neuf, fifty-nine. 

In all the following, pronounce soissant, giving to the cs the strong and pure 
hissing sound of 5 ; and pronounce the t very strongly. 

60 soixante, sixty. 

61 soixante et un, sixty-one. 

62 soixante-deux, sixty-two. 

63 soixante-trois, sixty-three. 

64 soixante-quatre, sixty-four. 

65 soixante-cinq, sixty-five. 

66 soixante-six, (sis) sixty-six. 

67 soixante-sept, sixty-seven. 

68 soixante-huit, sixty-eight. 

69 soixante-neuf, sixty -nine. 

70 soixante e* dix, (dis) seventy. 



34 



ELEMENTAEY 



71 soixante-onze, 

72 soixante-douze, 

73 soixante-treize^ 

74 soixante-quatorze, 

75 soixante-quinze, 

76 soixante-seize, 

77 soixante-dix-sept, (dis) 
•78 soixante-dix-huifc ; (diz) 

79 soixante-dix-neuf, (diz) 

80 quatre-vin#& ; 

81 quatre-viBgtf-un ; 

82 quatre-vin^-deucc, 

83 quatre-vingtf-trois, 

84 quatre-vin^^-quatre, 

85 quatre-vingtf-cinq, 

86 quatre-vin$tf-six ; (sis) 

87 quatre-vingtf-sept, 

88 quatre-vin^-huit, 

89 quatre-vin^-neuf, 

90 quatre-vin$tf-dix, (dis) 

91 quatre-vrogtf-onze, 

92 quatre-vingtf-douze, 

93 quatre-vingtf-treize, 

94 quatre-vingtf-quatorze, 

95 quatre-vin^-quinze, 

96 quatre-vin^-seize, 

97 quatre-viii£tf-dix-sept ; (dis) 

98 quatre-vin^-dix-huit, (diz) 

99 quatre-vinc^-dix-neuf ; (diz) 

100 cent, 

101 cent un, 

102 cent deuar, 

103 cen* trois, 

104 cent quatre, 

105 centf cinq, 



seventy-one. 

seventy-two. 

seventy-three. 

seventy-four. 

seventy-Jive. 

seventy-six* 

seventy -seven. 

seventy-eight 

seventy-nine. 

eighty. 

eighty-one. 

eighty-two. 
- eighty-three. 

eighty-four. 

eighty-five. 

eighty-six. 

eighty -seven. 

eighty-eight. 

eighty-nine. 

ninety. 

ninety-one. 

ninety-two. 

ninety-three. 

ninety -four. 

ninety-five. 

ninety-six. 

ninety-seven. 

ninety-eight. 

ninety-nine, 
one hundred, 
one hundred and one. 
one hundred and two. 
one hundred and three, 
one hundred and four, 
one hundred and five. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



35 



106 cent six, (sis) 

107 cenZ sept, 

108 cent huit, 

109 cen* neuf, 

110 cen£ dix, (dis) 

111 cent onze, 

112 cen* douze, 

113 cent treize, 

114 centf quatorze, 

115 centf quinze, 

116 cent seize, 

117 cen2 dix-sept, (dis) 

118 cenrf dix-huit, (diz) 

119 centf dix-neuf, (diz) 

120 cent vingt, 

121 cen£ vingrt et un, 

122 centf vin#t-deux, 
200 deux cenfe, 
300 trois cenfe, 

400 quatre cente, 
500 cin^ cente, 
600 six cents, 
700 sep£ cenfe, 
800 huitf cente, 
900 nevf cents, 
1,000 mille, 
2,000 deux mille, 
3,000 trois mille, 
100,000 cen* mille, 
200,000 deux cen* mille, 
300,000 trois cen« mille, 
1,000,000 un million, 
2,000,000 deux millions, 
3,000,000 trois millions, 



one hundred and six. 

one hundred and seven. 

one hundred and eight. 

one hundred and nine. 

one hundred and ten. 

one hundred and eleven 

one hundred and twelve. 

one hundred and thirteen. 

one hundred and fourteen. 

one hundred and fifteen. 

one hundred and sixteen, 

one hundred and seventeen. 

one hundred and eighteen. 

one hundred and nineteen. 

one hundred and twenty. 

one hundred and twenty-one. 

one hundred and twenty-two, &c. 

two hundred. 

three hundred. 

four hundred. 

five hundred. 

six hundred*. 

seven hundred. 

eight hundred. 

nine hundred, &c. 

one thousand. 

two thousand. 

three thousand, &c. 

one hundred thousand. 

two hundred thousand. 

three hundred thousand, &c. 

one million. 

two millions. 

three millions, &c. 



36 ELEMENTARY 

Note 1st. — With the exception of un, une, one, the cardinal numbers 
are invariable in gender; that is, they are not altered to agree with nouns 
of the feminine gender. 

Note 2nd. — Although onze, eleven, and onzieme, eleventh, begin with 
a vowel, the definite article le, la, does not suffer elision before them, 
and the article les is pronounced as if onze began with an h aspirated; 
as, 

Le onzieme cheval, The eleventh horse. 

Les onze pommes, The eleven apples. 

Note 3rd. — The adjective quatre-vingts, eighty, takes the plural termi- 
nation (s,) when it is not followed by another number; as, 

Quatre-vingts crayons, Eighty pencils. 

Quatre-vingt-deux crayons, Eighty-two pencils. 

Pen ai quatre-vingt-quatre, I have eighty-four. 

Note 4th. — Deux cents, trois cents, &c, are written with the plural ter- 
mination (.s,) when they are not followed by another number; as, 

Deux cents jours. Two hundred days. 

Deux cent un jours. Two hundred and one days. 

But these two adjectives, quatre-vingts and cent, do not take the plu- 
ral when they are used in dates instead of the ordinal adjectives, quatre- 
vingtieme and centime. 

Charlemagne mourut en Van huit cent. 
Charlemagne died in the year 800. 

Ce malheur arriva en Van cinq cent quatre-vingt. 
This calamity happened in the year 580. 

Note 5th. — The adjective mille, thousand, never takes s as a mark of 
the plural; as, 

Dix mille homines, Ten thousand men. 

The word thousand in dates, is written mil; as, 

En mil huit cent cinquante, In 1S50. 

Although the preceding example is correct, it is more usual, and 
perhaps more elegant to say, 

En dix-huit ce?U cinquante, In eighteen hundred and fifty. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 37 

The word mille, used as a noun, and meaning a mile, follows the rule 
of nouns, and takes the plural; as, 

Cent milks, A hundred miles. 

Note 6th. — A, and one, placed in English before hundred and thousand, 
are not expressed in French. 

Note 7th — The conjunction and, placed in English after hundred and 
thousand, when followed by another number, is not expressed in French; 
as, 

Cent cinquante tables^ One hundred and fifty tables. 

Note 8th. — The conjunction et, and, is used in French, although not in 
English, in the numbers vingt et un, twenty-one; trente et un, thirty-one, 
&c. 

Note 9th. — The French Academy says a hyphen should neither imme- 
diately precede nor follow cent. 

Exercise 27. 

The pupil will write eleven lines of the Multiplication Table 
according to the following model ; 

Deux fois un font deux. 
Twice (two times) one are two. 



Nombres Ordinaux. Ordinal Numbers.. 

Premier, masc. first. 

premiere, fern. first. 

second (segon) masc. second. 

seconde (segond) fern. second. 

F*om this, all the following are the same for the masc. and fern. 
deuxieme, second. 

troisieme, third. 

quatrieme, fourth. 

cinquieme, fifth. 

sixieme, sixth. 



38 ELEMENTARY 

septi&me, . . 6eventh. 

huitieme, •:. eighth. 

neuvieme, _ • .?..... ninth. 

dixieme, tenth. 

onzieme, :; " . •.' eleventh. 

douzieme, ; twelfth. 

treizierne, ,. . ', . thirteenth. 

quatorzi&me ? ... fourteenth. 

quinzieme ? fifteenth. 

seizieme, sixteenth. 

dix-septieme, (dis) seventeenth. 

dix-lmitieme ; (diz) eighteenth. 

dix-neuvieme ? (diz) nineteenth. 

Yin^tieme, twentieth. 

In all the following, pronounce the t in vingt very strongly. 

vin#t et uni&me, twenty-first. 

vin^t-deuxicme, twenty -second. 

vin^t-troisi&me, twenty -third. 

vin^t-quatrieme, twenty -fourth. 

vin^t-cinquieme, twenty-fifth. 

vin^t-sixieme, twenty-sixth. 

viD^t-septieme, twenty -seventh. 

vin^t-huitieme, twenty -eighth. 

ving't-neuvi&me, twenty-ninth. 

trenti&me, thirtieth. 

In all the following, pronounce the t in trente very strongly. 

trente et uni&me, thirty-first. 

trente-deuxi&me, thirty -second. 

trente-troisi&me, thirty-third. 

trente-quatrieme, thirty -fourth. 

trente-cinqui&me, thirty -fifth. 

trente-sixi&me, thirty-sixth. 

trente-septi&me, thirty-seventh. 

trente-huitifone, thirty-eighth. 

trente-neuvi&me, thirty-nindi. 

quaranti&me, fortieth. 






FRENCH EXERCISES. 39 

In all the following, pronounce the t in quarante very strongly. 

quarante et unieme, forty -first. 

quarante-deuxieme, forty -second. 

quarante-troisieuie, forty-third. 

quarante-quatrieine, forty-fourth. 

quar an te-cinquieni e ; forty -fifth. 

quarante-sixieine, forty-sixth. 

quarante-septieme, forty-seventh. 

quarante-huitieme, forty-eighth. 

quarante-neuvieme, forty-ninth. 

In all the following, pronounce the t in cinquante very strongly. 

cinquantieme, fiftieth. 

cinquante et unieme, fifty-first. 

cinquante -deuxieme, fifty-second. 

cinquante-troisieme, fifty-third. 

cinquante-quatrieme, fifty-fourth. 

cinquante-cinquieme, fifty-fifth. 

cinquante-sixieme, fifty-sixth. 

cinquante-septieme, fifty -seventh. 

cinquante-huitieme, fifty-eighth. 

cinquante-neuvieme, fifty-ninth. 

In all the following, pronounce soissant, giving to the ss the strong and pure 
hissing sound of s; and pronounce the t very strongly. 

soixantieme, sixtieth. 

soixante et unieme, sixty-first 

soixante -deuxieme, sixty-second. 

soixante-troisieme, sixty-third. 

soixante-quatrieme, sixty-fourth. 

soixante-cinquieme, sixty -fifth. 

soixante-sixieme, sixty-sixth. 

eoixante-septieme, sixty -seventh. 

soixante-huitieme, sixty-eightlu 

soixante-neuvieme, sixty -ninth. 

soixante et dixieine, seventieth. 

soixante-onzieme, seventy -first. 

soixante-douzieme, seventy-second. 



40 



ELEMENTARY 



soixante-treizieme, 

soixante-quatorzieme> 

soixante-quinzieme, 

soixante-seizi^me^ 

soixante-dix-septieme, (dis) 

soixante-dix-huiti&me ; (diz) 

soixante-dix-neuvi&me, (diz) 

quatre-Yin#ti&me ; 

quatre-Yin^-umeme^ 

quatre-Yin^-deuxi&me^ 

quatre-Yin^-troisieme^ 

quatre-Yin^quatrieme^ 

quatre-Yin^-cinqui&me^ 

quatre-vin^tf-sixieme, 

quatre-Yingtf-septi&me^ 

quatre-Yin^huiti£mej 

quatre-Yin^neuYi&mej 

quatre-Yingtf-dixieme, 

quatre-YiD^^-onzieme^ 

quatre-Yin#£-douzieme 7 

quatre-Yin$tf-treizieme, 

qua tre-yingtf-quatorzi&m e P 

quatre-yin^-quinzieme, 

quatre-Yin^-seizieme^ 

quatre-yin^-dix-septieme, (dis) 

quatre-Yin^dix-huiti^me, (diz) 

quatre-yin^-dix-neuyieme, (diz) 

eentieme^ 

cent unieme^ 

cent deuxieme^ 

cent troisieme, 

cent quatrieme^ 

cent einquieme^ 

millieme, 

millioni&me r 



seventy-third. 

seventy -fourth, 

seventy-fifth. 

seventy-sixth. 

seventy-seventh. 

seventy-eighth. 

seventy-ninth. 

eightieth. 

eighty-first. 

eighty -second. 

eighty-third. 

eighty-fourth. 

eighty-fifth. 

eighty-sixth. 

eighty-seventh. 

eighty-eighth. 

eighty-ninth. 

ninetieth. 

ninety-first. 

ninety -second. 

ninety-third. 

ninety -fourth. 

ninety-fifth. 

ninety-sixth. 

ninety -seventh. 

ninety-eighth. 

ninety-ninth. 

one hundredth. 

one hundred and first. 

one hundred and second. 

one hundred and third. 

one hundred and fourth. 

one hundred and fifth , &c. 

thousandth. 

millionth. 



FRENCH EXERCISES, 41 

Exercise 28. 

N.B. The numbers cannot be reversed. Five and twenty must be translated 
into French by vingt-cinq, twenty-five. 

Send me four and twenty oranges and six pine-apples. Give me 
twelve lemons. Here are (voici) five hundred pens. The second 
son. Six and thirty trees. The sixth day. Send me sixteen fans 
and eighteen hats. Three hundred and sixty-five days and six 
hours. The eleventh hour of the day. Four and twenty hours. 
Of the eleventh month. The first star. Eighty bolts. Eighty- 
eight nails. The first cent. 

§ 19. — In mentioning the days of the month, the cardinal, 
instead of the ordinal, numbers are used ; as, le deux, le trois, 
le vingt et un de Janvier, the second, third, twenty-first of 
January. Except the first of the month, which is le premier 
du mois. 

Also, in speaking of the titles of kings, the cardinal, instead 
of the ordinal, numbers are used ; as, Louis Onze, Louis the 
Eleventh; and the adjective is placed after the noun. 

Except the first and second, which are premier and se- 
cond; as, George the First, George Premier; William the Se- 
cond, Guillaume Second. 



Vocabulary, 



January, Janvier. 
February, Fevrier. 
March, Mars. 
April, AvriL 
May, Mai. 
June, Juin. 



July, Juillet 
August, AoUt 
September, Septemhre. 
October, Octobre. 
November, Novembre* 
December, Decembre. 



Remark. — There are three modes of writing the day of the 
month, viz.: Le ler de Juillet, the first of July. 
Le ler Juillet, " 

ler Juillet, u 

And for letters, Ce ler de Juillet, is sometimes used. 



4* 



42 



ELEMENTARY 



Exercise 29. 

Write in words, The first of July, 1837. February 22nd, 1732 
January 1st, 1800. George the Fourth. William the First. The 
fourth of July, 1776. The eleventh of November, 1111. Decem- 
ber 31st, 1847. The twenty-first of July, 1812. Edward the 
Sixth. Louis the Sixteenth. Henry the Eighth. April 1st, 1212. 
The second of June, 1536. The first of August, 1848. Edward 
the First. George the Second. George the Third. 



Nombres Cardinaux em- 
ployes avec/bis. 

une fois, 
deux fois, 
trois fois, 
quatre fois,, 
omq fois, 
six fois, 
sept fois, 
huitf fois, 
neu/fois, 
dix fois, 
onze fois, 
douze fois r 
treize fois, 
quatorze fois, 
quinze fois, 
seize fois 5 
dix-sep^ fois, (dis) 
dix-huk fois, (diz) 
dix-neu/ fois, (diz) 
v'mgt fois, 
vin#t et une fois, 
vin^t-deux fois, &c. 



Cardinal Numbers used 
with the word time. 

once. 

twice. 

thrice or three times. 

four times. 

five times. 

six times. 

seven times. 

eight times. 

nine times. 

ten times. 

eleven times. 

twelve times. 

thirteen times. 

fourteen times. 

fifteen times. 

sixteen times. 

seventeen times. 

eighteen times. 

nineteen times. 

twenty times. 

twenty-one times. 

twenty-two times, &c. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



43 



CHAPTER IV. 
ON THE PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES. 

§ 20. — The pronominal adjectives form a link between ad- 
jectives and pronouns. By some grammarians they are classed 
among the former, and by others among the latter. They are 
divided into three classes, viz., the possessive, the demonstra- 
tive, and the indefinite. 

SECT. I. THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 

§ 21. — The possessive adjectives are these, viz., 

Before any Before a femi- Before a femi- Before all 
masculine nine noun, nine noun, nouns in the 

noun, singular sing., beginning sing., beginning plural number. 





number. 


with a conso- 


with a vowel 








nant or h 


aspi- 


or h mute. 








rated. 








My, 


mon, 


ma, 




mon, 


mes, 


Thy, 


ton, 


ta, 




ton, 


tesy 


His, 


son, 


sa, 




son, 


ses, 


Her, 


son, 


sa, 




son, 


ses, 


Its, 


son, 


sa, 




son. 


ses 7 


Our, 


noire, 


noire, 




noire, 


nos, 


Your, 


votre, 


voire, 




voire, 


vos, 


Their, 


leur, 


leur, 




leur, 


leurs 



§ 22. — These adjectives do not agree in gender and number 
with the antecedent, or possessor, as in English, but with the 
thing possessed. This is one of the difficulties of the young 
student, who frequently errs in supposing that his is always to 



44 



ELEMENTARY 



be translated by son, her by sa, &c. He must constantly have 
in mind the following rule, which serves for the demonstrative 
and the indefinite adjectives as well as the possessive. 

Rule. — Every pronominal adjective must agree in 
number and gender with some following noun to which 
it refers. 

Exercise 29. 

My son, my child, my daughter, my school. Their work. His 
brother, her brother, his brothers, her brothers. His sister, her 
sister, his sisters, her sisters. His height, her height, its height. 
To thy ear. My brother's birds. The bones of your arm. Our 
jewels. Thy honor. His soul. Her faithful dog. Her eyes are 
black. (Write, She has the eyes black.) His history. Her history. 
The price of your fan. My playthings. I have written twice to 
thy sister. Read your lessons four times. Her hands are white. 
(Write, she has the hands white.) 

§ 23. — The possessive adjective, like the article, must be 
repeated in French before every noun in the sentence before 
which it is understood, but not expressed in English ; as, My 
father and mother, Mon pere et ma mere. 

The prepositions & and de must also be expressed before the 
possessive adjective, when they are understood. 

Vocabulary. 



Aunt, 


tante, f. 


Fruit, 


fruit } m. 


Boot, 


botte, f. 


Love, (noun,) 


amour, m. 


Carriage, 


voiture, f. 


Parent, 


parent^ m. 


Chair, 


chaise) f. 


Pear, 


poire, f. 


Cherry, 


cerise, f. 


Purse, 


bourse, f. 


Coach, 


carrosse } m. 


Raspberry, 


framboise) f. 


Color, 


couleur, f. 


Service, 


service } m. 


Currant, 


groseille, f. 


Thimble, 


d4) m. 


Flower, 


fleur, f. 


Uncle, 


onck) m. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 45 

Exercise 30. 

Thy pen and books. Give me your gloves and hat. The love 
of my brother and sister. To your sons and daughters. Its beauty 
and value. My hat, coat, and boots are on (sur) my chair. Our 
carriage and horses are at (d) your service. Their uncle and aunt 
are happy. Our apples are better than your oranges. Thy hands 
and feet. My pens and ink. The price of his cows and horses. 
Her modesty and prudence. Send (envoie) some fruits and flowers 
to thy mother and sisters. My brother Edward is my father's fifth 
son. Henry the fourth. 

Exercise 31. 

Edward and his sister are careful and attentive. Peter has no 
raspberries in his garden. George's friend has two grey horses. 
The eleventh of the first month. The vessel has lost its rudder. 
My brothers have eighty sheep and eighty-six cows. One hundred 
and twenty chairs. Two hundred and nineteen cents. Lucy laughs 
less than her sisters. The nights are now (d present) shorter than 
the days. Our brothers and sisters are ready. The price of your 
boots and shoes. Do you love red currants better than white cur- 
rants ? Matilda's silk hat is on the round table. 

Exercise 32. 

The color of your currants and cherries is beautiful. My dear 
friends, all the fruits of my garden are at your service. Send the 
prettiest flowers to your uncle and aunt. Emily's parents are pleased 
with (de) their good daughter. Give me your ripest pears. Ste- 
phen and William have my poor dog. The king's coach is a*, mie 
door of his palace. The garden has lost its beauty. My raspberries 
and currants are the finest. The rose is the queen of flowers. Send 
some fragrant flowers to the blind children. The weight of its fruits. 
The old woman has cloth shoes. 



46 ELEME1STTARY 

SECT. II. THE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES. 

§ 24. — This, that, these, those, when followed imme- 
diately by a noun, (or with only an adjective coming 
between them,) are demonstrative adjectives, and are 
translated into French thus : 

Before a noun of the Before a noun of the Before any noun 





masculine 


gender, 


masculine gender, 


of the feminine 




beginning 


with 


a 


beginning 


with a 


gender. 




consonant 


or h 


as- 


vowel or h mute. 






pirate. 












This, 


ce, 






cet, 




cette. 


That, 


ce, 






cet, 




cette. 


These, 


ces, 






ces, 




ces. 


Those, 


ces, 






ces, 




ces. 








Exercise 33. 







This horse, that horse, these horses, those horses. The honor 
of that man. This woman's cows. The modesty of that girl. This 
boy's parents. The voices of those birds. That coat. That star. 
Send those lemons and pine-apples* to my house, and those grapes 
and peaches to your sisters. The son of that hero. What (Quel) 
is the price of those fans and gloves ? Send these corals and crys- 
tals to your brother. The truth of that history. At (d) this hour. 
Put those pears on the table, and bring some silver knives. 

* The remark § 23 respecting the repetition of the possessive adjec- 
tive, is equally applicable to the demonstrative adjective. 

§ 25. — As ce, cet, cette, ces, do not express the distinction 
implied in the English words this and that, these and those*} 
it is necessary, when we wish to make this distinction, or to 
speak emphatically, to place ci after the noun to denote the 
nearest object, and /a, to denote the most remote. 

The particles ci, here, Id, there, must be joined by a hyphen 
to the nouns which they follow, thus, 

This horse, ce c/ieval-ci; that horse, ce cJveval-ld. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



47 



Exercise 34. 

This pen is good. That pen is bad. Give that orange to your 
mother. These fine apples grew (croissaient) on those trees. Those 
strawberries. These cherries. The price of those plums and these 
pears. My dear sister, read this book ; put that book on the table. 
This ink is black, that ink is blue. These boots are new; give me 
those boots. Send these lilies to Mary, and those violets to Lucy. 
My aunt's eyes are blue. The 29th of February will be her birth- 
day, (jour de naissance.) 

Vocabulary. 



Advantage, 


avantage, m. 


Mahogany, 


acajou, m. 


Apron, 


tablier, m. 


Marble, 


marbre, m. 


Baker, 


boulanger, m. 


Oak, 


chene, m. 


Cap, 


bonnet, m. 


Physician, 


medecin, m. 


Carpenter, 


charpentier, m. 


Pleasure, 


plaisir, m. 


Farmer, 


fermier, m. 


Season, 


saison, f. 


Handkerchief, 


mouchoir, m. 


Shoemaker, 


cordonnier, m 


Iron, 


fer, m. 


Steel, 


acier, m. 


Leaf, 


feuille, f. 


Velvet, 


velours, m. 


Leather, 


cuir, m. 


Watch, 


montre, f. 




Exerci 


'se 35. 





' These knives are of steel, those knives are of silver. That farm- 
er has lazy children. This watch is better than that watch. Emily 
has lost her gold thimble. Give this cap to your aunt, and that 
apron to your sister. That physician has a marble house. The 
carpenter has our wooden mallet. Bring those peaches; these 
peaches are not ripe. The color of these pinks, and the perfume of 
those roses. Julia has a white silk hat. My watch and handker- 
chief are on that table. Silver is white. That carpenter has a lea- 
ther apron and iron nails. Matilda has your gold watch. 



48 



ELEMENTARY 



SECT. III. THE INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 



§ 26. — The indefinite adjectives always relate to 
a noun or pronoun expressed in the same sentence. 
They are, 





Masc. sing. 


Fem. sing. 


Masc. plur. 


Fem. plur. 


Any, 


quelque, 


quelque, 


quelques, 


quelques. 


All, 


tout, 


toute, 


tous, 


toutes. 


Each, 


chaque, 


chaque, 






Every, 


( chaque, 
\ tout, 


chaque, 








toute, 


tous, 


toutes. 


No, 


aucun f 


aucune, 


aucuns, 


aucunes.* 


No, 


nut, 


nulle, 


nuls, 


nulles.* 


Other, 


autre, 


autre, 


autres, 


autres. 


Same, 


mime, 


meme, 


memes, 


memes. 


Some, 


quelque, 


quelque, 


quelques, 


quelques. 


Such, 


tel, 


telle, 


tels, 


telles. 


Several, 






plusieurs, 


plusieurs. 


What, 


quel, 


quelle, 


quels. 


quelles. 


Which, 


quel, 


quelle, 


quels, 


quelles. 



* Used with nouns which have no singular form. 

Remark 1. — Some and any are translated by quelque, 
quelques, only when the idea of one out of several, or &few 
out of a large number, is intended to be conveyed. 

Remark 2. — Chaque must never be used unless followed 
by a noun. 

Remark 3. — Jiucun and nul require ne to be inserted im- 
mediately before the verb to complete the negation; thus, Jlu- 
cune saison ne vous plait, No season pleases you. 

Exercise 36. 

What beauty? Which boys! What beautiful roses! Each leaf. 
Which tree? Which apple? Which orange? At (d) what hour ? 
What lessons have you? Every pleasure. Which flowers will you 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 49 

have? To what school? No oi*ier woman. The same gloves. 
Some time. Some hours. Several playthings. Each boy. Every 
star. All the games. All the walnuts. Which bird? In (dans) 
what place? Such a (write a such) man. What works! Each 
pebble. Every crystal. All the days. All the nights. Several 
countries. The same wind. The same silk. 

Exercise 37. 
Sugar is sweet. Gold is yellow. Will you have some steel pens ? 
This velvet is thicker than that velvet. These bolts are of iron, 
those bolts are of steel. Send my old shoes to that shoemaker. 
This table is of oak; that table is of mahogany. The beauty of its 
flowers. The trees have lost their leaves. The farmer's house is of 
wood. He has a cloth cap. Will you have those rings and bolts? 
Our baker makes good bread. Send those caps and handkerchiefs 
to the baker's daughter. What is the price of that marble table ? 
What advantages have you ? 

Vocabulary. 



Dish, 


plat, m. 


Needle, 


aiguille, f. 


Dollar, 


gourde, f. 


Pin, 


ep ingle, f. 


Fork, 


fourchette, f. 


Plate, 


assiette, f. 


Money, 


argent, m. 


Spoon, 


cueiller, f. 



Exercise 38. 

Each season has its pleasures. I wish to buy (acheter) an orange ; 
have you any cents to lend me (a me preter) ? Which watch have 
you ? I have my silver watch. Some boys are in the garden ; they 
are picking (cueilleni) the cherries. Our country has its advantages, 
and other countries have their advantages. These forks are larger 
than those forks. Have you any money ? I have some dollars in 
my purse. Will you have a steel ring or an iron ring? These pins 
and needles are good. Some fine days. 

Xote. — The possessive pronouns and demonstrative pronouns are 
placed next in order, in preference to the personal pronouns, that the 
pupil may be led to compare them with the possessive adjectives, and 
demonstrative adjectives, explained in this chapter. By carefully no- 
ticing the difference between them, he will avoid making many mis- 
takes into which young students often fall. 



50 



ELEMENTARY 



CHAPTER V. 



THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 



§ 27. — Mine, thine, his, hers, its, ours, yours, and theirs 
are not called, in English grammars, possessive pronouns ; they 
are the possessive case of the personal pronouns I, thou, he, 
she, and it. But the French words by which they are translated 
are called possessive pronouns ; they cannot be used without 
the article prefixed to them ; they are never followed by a noun, 
but must agree in gender and number with the nouns which 



they represent. 










Masc. sing. 


Fern. sing. 


Masc. plur. 


Fern. plur. 


Mine, 


le mien, 


la mienne, 


les miens, 


les miennes 


Thine, 


le tien, 


la tienne, 


les liens, 


les iiennes. 


His, 


le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes. 


Hers, 


le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes. 


Its, 


le sien, 


la sienne, 


les siens, 


les siennes. 


Ours, 


le noire, 


la noire, 


les notres, 


les notres. 


Yours, 


le voire, 


la voire, 


les voires, 


les voires. 


Theirs, 


le leur, 


la leur, 


les lenrs, 


les leurs. 



Remark. — In the following exercises the possessive adjectives 
and possessive pronouns are combined in the same sentence. The 
pupil will translate " My book and thine/' thus; Mon livre et le 
tien; omitting the words u meaning thy book;" and as he proceeds 
in translating the Exercise, he will perceive the superior accuracy 
of the French language in these expressions. In the English sen- 
tence, " My booh and thine," the word thine does not indicate whether 
one book is intended, or more than one; but in the French sentence, 
iC mon livre et le tien," letien shows that only one book is meant. 





FRENCH EXERCISES. 






Exercise 39. 




My book and thine, 


meaning thy booh. 


My pen and thine, 


it 


thy pen. 


My books and thine, 


a 


thy books. 


My pens and thine, 


a 


thy pens. 


My horse and thine, 


a 


thy horses. 


My cow and thine, 


a 


thy cow. 


Thy dog and mine, 


it 


my dog. 


Thy sister and mine, 


it 


my sister. 


Thy brothers and mine, 


it 


my brothers. 


Thy flowers and mine, 


it 


my flowers. 


Thy dog and mine, 


a 


my dogs. 


Thy dogs and mine, 


it 


my dog. 


Thy sister and mine, 


a 


my sisters. 


Thy sisters and mine, 


it 


my sister. 


His father and hers, 


it 


her father. 


Her father and his, 


it 


his father. 


His mother and hers, 


it 


her mother. 


Her mother and his, 


a 


his mother. 


His son and hers, 


it 


her sons. 


Her sons and his, 


it 


his son. 


His daughter and hers, 


it 


her daughters 


Her daughters and his, 


a 


his daughter. - 


His dog and theirs, 


a 


their dog. 


His house and theirs, 


a 


their house. 


His coat -and theirs, 


it 
Exercise 40. 


their coats. 


His apple and theirs, 


meaning their apples. 


Their friend and his, 


a 


his friends. 


Their friends and hers, 


tt 


her friend. 


Their table and his, 


a 


his table. 


Their tables and hers, 


a 


her tables. 


Its weight and theirs, 


a 


their toeight. 


Its beauty and theirs, 


a 


their beauty. 



51 



52 

Its fruits and theirs, 
Its colors and theirs, 
Our king and yours, 
Our queen and yours, 
Our pencils and yours, 
Our pens and yours, 
Our knife and yours, 
Our house and yours, 
Our birds and yours, 
Our flowers and yours, 
Your child and ours, 
Your sister and ours, 
Your sons and ours, 
Your daughters and ours, 
Your hats and ours, 
Your purses and ours, 
Your aunt and ours, 
Your uncle and ours, 



meaning 


their fruits. 


a 


their colors. 


a 


your king. 


it 


your queen. 


a 


your pencil. 


a 


your pen. 


it 


your knives. 


a 


your houses. 


a 


your birds. 


a 


your flowers. 


u 


our child. 


tt 


our sister. 


a 


our son. 


a 


our daughter 


a 


our hats. 


a 


our purses. 


a 


our aunts. 


a 


our uncles. 



§ 28. — When the possessive pronoun is preceded by the pre- 
position de or a, the article must be contracted, as it is before 
a noun ; as, Of thy book and mine, de ton livre et r>u mien. 
To your father and ours, a votre pere et au ndtre. 

To make this more intelligible to the oung pupil, one of the 
possessive pronouns is here declined. 



Masc. 


Fem. 




le mien, 


la mienne, 


mine. 


du mien, 


de la mienne, 


of mine, 


au mien, 


& la mienne, 

PLURAL. 


to mine. 


les miens, 


les miennes, 


mine. 


des miens, 


des miennes, 


of mine. 


aux miens, 


aux miennes. 


to mine. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



53 



Exert 



41. 



The pupil will write the pronouns le tien^ le sien, le notre, 
&c, declining them in gender and number like le mien. 

Vocabulary. 



Ancestor, 


aieul, m. 


Map, 


carte, f. 


Cambric, 


batiste, f. 


Master, 


maitre, m. 


Carpet, 


tapis, m. 


Muslin, 


mousseline, f. 


Copy-book, 


cahier, m. 


Paper, 


papier, m. 


Desk, 


pupitre, m. 


Penknife, 


canif, m. 


Exercise, 


theme, m. 


Pupil, 


el eve, m. 


Friend, 


amie, f. 


Scholar, 


ecolier, m. 


Gown, 


robe, f. 


Translation, 


J traduction, f. 
1 version, f. 


Key, 


clef, f . 




Market, 


mar die, m. 

Exerci 


Writing, 
se 42. 


ecriture f. 



You have the copy books of your brother and of mine. Send 
some flowers to your mother and mine, and some fruit to your father 
and mine. Bring some ink to your sister and ours. The price of 
our birds and yours. The beauty of my flowers, and the value of 
theirs. The color of my roses is more beautiful than the color of 
thine. Her lilies are white, ours are red, what (quelle) is the color 
of yours ? The history of his ancestors and hers. Our strawber- 
ries are not so large as yours. Of thy pupil and mine. The color 
of my paper and of his. 

Exercise 43. 

Send some currants, raspberries and cherries to my brothers and 
to yours. I was writing to my aunt on my birth day, the 11th of 
February. My sister has seen the queen twice, three times, four 
times. William's penknife is larger than mine. Put the plates, 
knives, and forks, and some bread and butter on the table. His 
work is better than yours. Her cap, apron, and handkerchief are on 
the chair. William the Third. Mary's mother has my key. What 
fine currants ! My uncle's house is white. Your carpet is hand- 
somer than ours. 

5* 



54 ELEMENTARY 



CHAPTER VI. 
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

§ 29. — This, that, these, those, when not followed by 
a noun to which they refer, are demonstrative pro- 
nouns, and are thus translated into French : 

This ) f 

' V standing for a noun of the masculine gender, is -j celui. 

This ) f 

_ 7 ; [ standing for a noun of the feminine gender, is s celle. 

That, ) ■ ( 

; [ standing for a noun of the masculine gender, is ] ceux. 
Those, ) i 



These, 
Those, 



standing for a noun of the feminine gender, is < celles. 



ce. 



iwhen the word to which it refers has not been 
expressed, or when we speak of something in 
an indefinite manner, is 

That, | do. do. do 

(1.) Celui, cela, ceux, celles, must always have an ante- 
cedent, and must be followed by a preposition or a relative 
pronoun. 

(2.) Ceci, cela;, stand for the word thing understood, but 
have no antecedent unless it be a phrase. They allude to 
things mentioned in a vague or indefinite manner. They are 
never followed by a preposition or a relative pronoun. 

(3.) Ce, (demonstrative pronoun,) is never used, unless it is 
followed by the relative pronoun qui, que, dont, &c, or is the 
subject of some tense of the verb etre. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 55 

Examples. 

My glove and that of my friend. 
Mon gant et CELUI de mon ami. 

Do this; do not do that. 

Faites ceci; ne faites pas CELA. 

That is not my fault. 
Ce n' est pas ma faute. 

Rule. — The demonstrative pronouns, celui, celle, ceux, 
celleSy must agree in gender and number with the 
noun which they represent. 

Exercise 44. 

The house of my brother and that of my sister. The farmer's 
horse and that of the baker. I have lost my jewels and those of 
my friend. His dog has torn (declare) my gown and that of my 
aunt. Give me that. This is not so good as that. He has lost all 
his spoons and those of his mother. The general's coach is green, 
that of the king is yellow. Send me your pens, and those of your 
little sister. My books are not so good as those of my brother. 
Your horse is black, that of your father is grey. That is very pretty. 
Give this to the children. 

Exercise 45. 

Your writing is better than that of your brother. Thy desk and 
that of thy friend. Read that; do not read this. Do you wish the 
cambric handkerchief or the silk handkerchief? That is my pen- 
knife. Give these keys and those of our house to my uncle. Send 
that muslin gown to Mary; she has torn her silk gown. These 
dishes and those of thy aunt. William has lost all his money and 
fhat of his brother. That will be your fault {faute). Our silver 
forks are not so large as those of your sister. This is better than 
that. Steel is grey. 



ELEMENTARY 



§ 30. — In order to make a distinction between this and that, 
these and those, in French, the adverbs ci, here, and Id, there, 
are added to the pronouns celui, celle, ceux, celles, and joined 
to them by a hyphen, thus : 





Masc. sing. 


Fem. sing. 


This, or this one, 


celui-ci, 


celle-ci. 


That, or that one, 


celui-Id, 


celle-ld. 




Masc. plur. 


Fem. plur. 


These, or these ones, 


ceux-ci, 


celles-ci. 


Those, or those ones, 


ceux-ld, 


celles-Id. 


Exercise 46. 





This ink is better than that. Those horses are handsomer than 
these. I prefer (pre/ere) these apples to those oranges. This cap 
is not so white as that. Will you have these pencils or those? 
These plums are not so large as those. I prefer this carpet to that 
one. You have torn this cloak, give me that. I have lost your 
gloves, take (prenez) these. This translation is better than that one. 
Leave (laissez) these pens, and take those. Take that paper, but 
(mais) leave this. This lesson is as long as that. That exercise is 
more difficult than this one. 

Remark. — The particles ci, Id, being added merely to make 
a distinction between objects, if the demonstrative pronoun is 
followed by a relative pronoun, or by a noun in the possessive 
case, the distinction is sufficiently clear, these particles would 
be useless, and must be omitted. 

Exercise 47. 

These maps are not so handsome as those which (que) we have. 
Take these penknives, leave that one in my desk. These trees are 
finer than those which (qui) are in our garden. I prefer those copy- 
books to these. Give me your translation and that of the new scho- 
lar. My pupils and those of my friend. That watch is better than 
this. Leave these crystals, and give those to the boys. He has the 
farmer's sheep and those of his neighbor. My nephew has given to 
the master his exercises and those of the other scholars. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



57 



§ 31. — The demonstrative pronoun is often suppressed in 
English, and supplied by an apostrophe and an s added to the 
noun ; but it must be expressed in French by celui, celle, ceux, 
or celles, according to the gender and number of the noun to 
which it refers ; as, My hat and my brother's, Mon chapeau 
et celui de mon frere, which is, literally, My hat and that of 
my brother. 

Exercise 48. 

You have torn my gown and my sister's. My bird is not so large 
(grand) as my brother's. Take your cloak and your brother's, but 
leave mine and my friend's. I have lost my pencils and my sister's. 
Your house is larger than your brother's. Bring me (moi) your 
pens and take your sister's. Send my books and my brother's to 
the school. My gloves are yellow, my sister's are white, my cousin's 
are black. The farmer's horses are stronger than the physician's. 
Our silver forks are at your service; my brother's are of steel. 
Emily's translation is better than her sister's. 

Vocabulary. 



Bookseller, 


libraire, m. 


Niece, 


niece, f. 


Cake, 


gateau, m. 


Piece, bit, 


morceau, m. 


Cousin, 


cousin , m. 


King, 


bague, f. 


Cousin, 


cousine, f. 


Saucer, 


- soucoupe, f. 


Cheese, 


frontage, m. 


Shutter, 


volet, m. 


Cup, 


tasse, f. 


Slate, 


ardoise, f. 


Glass, 


verre, m. 


Stone, 


pierre, f. 


Lawyer, 


avocat, m. 

Exerci 


Thread, 

'se 49. 


fil, m. 


Eat this 


cake and take (portez) 


that one to John. 


Will you have 



my carriage or my cousin's ? Take away (emportez) my plate and 
leave my sister's on the table. Send your boots and mine to the 
shoemaker. I have lost my needles and Mary's. Our baker makes 
better bread than yours. The farmer will have cabbages. The 
carpenters will have nails. Our poor neighbor has no wood. Send 
him {envoy ez-lui) my money and my niece's, and your coat and my 
nephew's. The school is in the stone house. 



58 



ELEMENTARY 



§ 32. — He, she, and they, the one, the ones, when followed 
by who, whom, or that, are translated into French by the de- 
monstrative pronouns celuL celle, ceux, or celles, thus : 



He who, celui qui. 

She who, celle qui. 

They who, (masc.) ceux qui. 

They who, (fein.) celles qui. 

The one who, (masc.) celui qui. 

The one who, (fern.) celle qui. 

The ones who, (masc.) ceux qui. 

The ones who, (fern.) celles qui. 



He whom, celui que. 

She whom, celle que. 

They whom, (masc.) ceux que. 
They whom, (fern.) celles que 
The one whom, (masc.) celui que 
The one whom, (fern.) celle que. 
The ones whom, (mas.) ceux que. 
The ones whom, (fern.) celles que. 



N.B. When which or that, follows the one, the ones, &c. } it is to be translated 
by qui, if it is the subject or nominative of the following verb ; but by que, if it 
is the object of the verb. 

Exercise 50. 

He who dines (dine) with us is my cousin's, best friend. She 
who is virtuous is happy. They who are lazy are unhappy. They 
who are quick are not always (toujours) attentive. She whom we 
love is amiable. He whom we adore (adorons) is almighty (tout- 
puissant). My hat is not so new as the one that you have. Your 
slate is better than the one that I have. These pine-apples are finer 
than the ones which you have bought (achetes.) I prefer these 
strawberries to the ones in the (du) market. 

Remark— -The remark made on page 30 respecting the use and 
place of nouns employed as adjectives, to denote the material of 
which any thing is made, is applicable also to nouns used to describe 
the one, the ones; as, Will you have the silver thimble or the gold 
one? Voulez-vous le de d 'argent, ou celui d'or? 

But if the word that describes the one, the ones, is an adjective, 
and not a noun used as an adjective, the words one, ones, are not 
translated into French; as, Do you wish the white handkerchief, or 
the red one ? Voulez-vous le mouchoir blanc, ou le rouge ? 

Exercise 51. 

Give me the silver watch, and send the gold one to my friend. 
What knives have you ? We have the steel ones. Will you have 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 59 

the glass dish or the silver one? I prefer the oak chairs to the ma- 
hogany ones. Have you the old coat or the new one? Give me 
my silk gown. Do you wish the blue one, or the black one? Seud 
the cloth cloak to John, and the silk one to his sister. What horses 
have you ? I have the grey ones, and your nephew has the black 
one. I prefer this steel pen to the gold one. What apples do you 
wish ? Give me the ripest ones. 

§ 33. — The former is translated by 
celut-ld, when it refers to a noun masculine, singular number. 
celle-Idj u u feminine, " 

ceux-Ia, u " masculine, plural number. 

celles-la, u H feminine, " 

The latter is translated by 

celui-ci, when it refers to a noun masculine, singular number 
celle-ci, u u feminine, " 

ceiix-ci, u " masculine, plural number. 

celles-cij u u feminine, u 

Exercise 52. 

John and William are my youngest pupils ; the former is amiable 
and studious, the latter is lazy and deceitful. Mary and Lucy are 
my friends; the former is frank, the latter is sweet-tempered (douce.) 
You have white roses and red roses ; I prefer the former. I have a 
grey horse and a black horse; take the former, and send the latter 
to my brother. Bring me some peaches and plums, the former are 
better than the latter. Your garden has some advantages that mine 
has not. These slates are larger than those. You ought (devriez) 
to make a better translation than that. 



60 ELEMENTARY 

CHAPTER VII. 

THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
SECT. L PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE NOMINATIVE CASE. 

§ 34. — The personal pronouns in the nominative 
case, are expressed in French thus : 

I, je, moi. 

Thou, tu, toi. 

He, il, lui. 

She, elle. 

It, il, elle. 

We, nous. 

You, vous. 

They, I when the French word for which h 1 Us, eux. 
J stands is masculine, is ( 

mi ) standing for a noun of the feminine f -,-, 

; j gender, is ( 

Remarh 1. — As there is no neuter gender in the French language, 
there is no word corresponding to our English pronoun it, which 
must be translated by il, he, elle, she, &c. 

j, ) when it is the subject or nominative of a verb, and the ( y 
; J French word for which it stands is masculine, is ( 



j ) w r hen it is the subject or nominative of a verb, and the 

? j French word for which it stands is feminine, is 
j ) used in an impersonal sense, that is, without refer- ( .-. 
' J ence to any substantive mentioned before, is ( 

Examples. 
Read this book; it is interesting. Lisez ce livre; il est interessant. 
Lend me this pen ; it is good. Pretez-moi cette plume; elle est 

bonne. 
It rains. Il pleut. 

It is noble to forget one's self. Il est beau de s'oublier. 

He wastes his time; IT is a pity. II peril son temps; tfestdommage. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 61 

Remark 2. — It is expressed by ce, before any tense of the verb 
etre, to be, when that verb is followed by a substantive or a pronoun ; 
as, It is my son, C'est mon fits; It is I, C'est moi. 

Remark 3.— He, she, and they, before the verb to be, followed by 
a substantive, are generally expressed by ce; as, He is my nephew, 
C'est mon neveu. 

Remark 4. — He, she, and they, when followed by who, whom, or 
that, dre translated by celui, celle, ceux, or celles, as has been explained, 
§32. 

§ 35. — The student must bear in mind that when 
a French pronoun has two forms, (as je and moi for 
I,) these forms are not to be used indifferently, but 
according to the following directions. 

§ 36. — When /, thou, he, or they, is the subject nominative 
of a verb, and precedes the verb in a sentence which is not 
interrogative, or follows it in an interrogative sentence, 

He, is translated by U. 

Thev \ standin - for a mas " \ ft* 
Mi \ culine noun, by ) 



/ is translated by je. 

Thou " " tu. 



culine noun, by 

§ 37. — But in exclamations, or after the words, " it is, it 
was," &c, or in connection with another pronoun, or where 
a distinction is intended between persons, or after than or as 
in a comparison of equality, superiority, or inferiority ^ or in 
reply to a question, the verb being omitted, 



1 is translated by 


moi. 


He, is translated by lui. 


1 Thou 


to l. 


They, masc, " eux 




Examples. 


I ! go to the city ? 


Moi! alter d la ville? 


[fc is I. 


C'est moi. 


[ who love. 


Moi qui aime. 


de and I are going to the 


city. Lui et moi nous allons d la ville. 


Richer than I. 


Plus riche que moi. 


Who calls Mary? I. 


Qui appelle Marie ? Moi, 


6 







62 



ELEMENTARY 



N.B. All the verbs used in the following exercises are either fc 
the Appendix, or are conjugated like the verbs therein conjugate 

Vocabulary. 



Country, 


campagne. 


f. 


Street, 


rue, f. 


Fast, adv., 


vite, 




To-day, 


aujouroVliui 


Friendship, 


amitie, f. 




To-morrow, 


demain. 


Here, 


ici. 




When, 


quand. 


if, 


si. 




Where, 


oil. 


Often, adv.j 


souvent 




Yesterday, 


hier. 






Exercise 53. 





The boys are gathering apples : will they give the apples to the 
poor woman? John is able to read better than they. My sisters 
are here; they are writing to their aunt. It was I. Do you sell 
cream? I sell milk, but my brother sells cream. I! drink (inf. 
mood) wine ! Their coach is old; but it is as good as if it were (ind. 
mood imp.) new. It is he. These peaches would be better if they 
were riper. Am I not worthy of Mary's friendship? I, who am 
her sister- It is she. Is it you ? 

Exercise 54. 

Do you come from school ? Ill have not been at school this 
month. Does he run fast? Does she sew well? He and I, we are 
writing to John. I, who go so {si) often to the city, I prefer the 
country. Mary is more studious than thou. I ! eat (inf. mood) thy 
apples? Happier than he. I was in the house, and he, he was in 
the street. I have a peach, but it is not ripe. Do you see that 
house? it is for sale (d vendre.') He writes better than she. As 
well as I. Better than they. It is our neighbor's house. 



TRENCH EXERCISES. 63 

Place of the nominative in interrogative sentences. 

§ 38 — (1.) In interrogative sentences, if the subject is apro- 
nourij it is always placed after the verb ; as, Shall we come 
back to-morrow ? Reviendrons-nous demain ? 

(2.) In interrogative sentences, when a noun is the subject 
nominative of the verb, the noun is placed before the verb, and 
the pronoun zY, elle, Us or elles, according to the gender and 
number of the noun, is placed immediately after the verb ; as. 
Is your father here ? Voire plre est-il ici ? Does your sister 
love flowers? Voire sceur aime-t-elle les fleurs? 

(3.) When, in interrogative sentences, the verb which is 
followed by the pronoun z7, elle, or o?i, ends with a vowel, the 
letter /, preceded and followed by a hyphen, is placed between 
the verb and the pronoun ; as, Will she return with us ? Re- 
viendra-t-elle avec nous ? 

(4.) If the verb is in one of the compound tenses, the per- 
sonal pronoun should be placed after the auxiliary; as, Has 
your father come ? Voire plre est-il venu ? 

(5.) When, the nominative of the verb being a noun, the 
sentence begins with an interrogative adverb, such as where, 
when, &c, the noun used as a nominative can be placed after 
the verb, as in English; or before the verb, as directed above, 
(2) with the personal pronoun placed after the verb ; as, 

f Quand viendra votre frere? 
When will your brother come? < or, 

(_ Quand votre frere viendra-t-il? 

N. B. The pupil must be careful not to put the interrogative adverb 
between the nominative case and the verb. 



64 ELEMENTARY 

Exercise 55. 

Has William a knife? Have not my brothers a beautiful dog? 
Does the boy sell apples? Are they ripe? Is your hat worth a 
dollar? Are the children throwing stones? Is Lucy leading the old 
woman ? Is Mary calling her sister ? Is the book on the table ? Is 
the pen good? Were the boys running fast? When will thy father 
come? Where is my cloak? Is my dog in the neighbor's garden? 
Where is my dog? Who (qui) was running after (apres) my uncle's 
horse ? It was I. I run faster than he. v 

Exercise 56. 

Are the boys eating cherries or currants? You have fine raspber- 
ries ? Has your sister eaten hers ? When will thy aunt read that 
book ? She is sick. Send some caps and aprons to Mary's mother, 
the 21st of this month. He and I were running very (hien) fast. 
Richer than he. I prefer these pears to those. Are your horses 
black? These plums are finer than those. Are those apples ripe? 
Where are my sisters? They are with (avec) their sick friend. 
That is my father's lawyer. 

Remark. — Not, used with a verb, is expressed in French by pla- 
cing ne before the verb, and^as after it. Ne is written n } before a 
vowel or a silent h. When the verb is in a compound tense, pa's 
must be placed between the auxiliary and the participle. 

Exercise 57. 

Have you not my sister's pencils ? Has she not found hers ? The 
men are not gathering the fruit. They will not come often. They 
are not running. Does not Lucy love cherries ? I, I shall not beat 
the dog. The girls do not write fast, but they write well. I, who 
am not her friend. Will not your sister come to-morrow? We are 
not idle. Do not the boys owe much (heaucoup) to their friends ? 
We do not eat pine-apples. Mary is not revengeful. Do not thy 
brothers give their money to the poor (plur.) ? Do not eat fast. 
Is that table mahogany? 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



65 



SECT. II. PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE POSSESSIVE CASE. 

§ 39. — Mine, thine, his, hers, its, ours, yours, theirs, 
which are in English the possessive case of the personal pro- 
nouns, /, thou, he, she and it, have been explained on page 50. 

§ 40. — But when mine, thine, his, &c, are used with the 
verb to be to convey simply an idea of property. 



Mine 


is translated by 


a moi. 


Ours 


is 


a nous. 


Thine 


a a 


a toi. 


Yours 


is 


a vous. 


His 


u a 


a lid. 


Hers 


is 


a elle. 



Theirs, standing for a masculine noun, is a eux. 
Theirs, u u feminine " a elles. 

Example. 

Is this pen yours ? Cette plume est-elle d vous? 

No, it is not mine. Nbn, elle rCest pas a moi. (Mean- 

ing simply it does not belong to me.) 

Exercise 58. 

Is that garden yours ? No, it belongs (appartient or est) to my 
brother. Give that rose to thy sister. It is not mine. Where are 
ray gloves ? Those gloves are thine. These jewels are not ours. 
Has Mary a fan ? The fan which is on the* table is hers. The boys 
are gathering apples. All the red apples are theirs. Which horse 
belongs to William? The black horse is his. Those knives are 
theirs. Are they not ours? Will you have the gold thimble or the 
silver one? The former is mine; the latter belongs to Emily. Put 
that money in my silk purse. 



66 ELEMENTARY 



SECT. III. PERSONAL PRONOUNS IN THE OBJECTIVE CASE. 

§ 41. — The personal pronouns in the objective 
case are expressed in French thus : 



Me, 


me, moi, 


Thee, 


te, toi. 


Him, 


le, lui. 


Her, 


la, elle. 


It, 


le, la. 


Us, 


nous. 


You, 


vous. 


Them, 


les, eux, elles. 



N.B. The pupil must carefully attend to the following directions. 

j ( when it is the direct object of a verb, and the French word > , 

( for which it stands, is masculine, is ) 

j ( when it is the direct object of a verb, and the French word ) , 

I for which it stands, is feminine, is, ) 

ml ( when the French word for which it stands, f , , 

1 hem < . _. < les and eux. 

( is masculine, is ( 

mT ( when the French word for which it stands, f 7 , 77 
Them <./.... i les and elles. 

I is jeminme, is ( 

Remark. — Him, her, and them, when followed by who, whom, or 
that, are translated by celui, celle, ceux, celles. See § 32. 

§ 42. — Before the pupil can write correctly the French pro- 
nouns in the objective case, he must clearly understand the 
difference between the direct and the indirect object of a verb. 

A pronoun or a noun is the direct object of a verb, when it 
is governed by that verb without the assistance of a preposition, 
expressed or understood; as, I see him. 

A pronoun or a noun is the indirect object of a verb when 
the help of a preposition, expressed or understood, is needed to 
complete the sense ; as, / speak to him. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 67 



Personal Pronouns used as direct objects of a verb. 

§ 43. — Me, when it is the direct object of a verb, is me. 

Thee, " " " te. 

Him, Ci " " le. 

Her, " " ? fa. 

-5, " and standing for a masculine noun ; fe. 

It, " standing for a feminine noun, fa. 

Them, les. 

§ 44. — Except, when the verb is in the imperative mood 
used affirmatively , 

Me is translated by moi. 

Thee « " toi. 

N.B. When the verb in the imperative mood is used negatively-, 

Me is translated by me. 

Thee " te. 



Personal Pronouns used as indirect objects of a verb. 

N.B. The preposition to is always expressed or understood before 
these pronouns in English, but is not expressed in French except 
after reflected verbs and a few others. 

j § 45. — To me, when it is the indirect object of a verb, is me. 

te. 
lui. 
lui.. 

nous, 
vous. 
leur. 

y- 



To thee, 


it 


« 


a 


To him, 


a 


tt 


a 


To her, 


cc 


U 


a 


To it, 


(I 


it 


tt 


To us, 


tt 


u 


a 


To you, 


i 


a 


(C 


To them, 


(speaking 


of persons, ) 


66 


To them, 


(speaking 


of things,) 


a 






68 ELEMENTARY 

§ 46. — Except, when the verb is in the imperative mood 
used affirmatively r , 

To me is translated by moi. 

To thee " toi. 

N.B. When the verb in the imperative mood is used negatively, 

To me is translated by me. 

To thee « te. 



Personal Pronouns in the objective case, governed by a 
preposition, and not the object of a verb. 



g *>- ___yr f when it is governed by a preposition and is ) 
.-..,." J \ not the object of a verb, is J 



mo i. 



Thee, 




CC CC CC 


toi. 


Him, 




cc t cc 


lui. 


Her, 




CC cc cc 


elle. 


Them, 


cc 


standing for a masculine noun, 


eux. 


Them, 


cc 


feminine " 


elles. 



Remark. — It is seldom expressed in French after a preposition. 
For example; Do you put your hat on the table, or under it? is 
translated thus: Mettez-vous votrechapeau sur la table ou dessous? 

To it. See § 45. 



§48.-0/, it, from it, 

Of him, from him, 
Of her, from her, 
Of them, from them, 



are translated by en. 



Remark. — Some and any, when they are not followed by 

a noun, are used like pronouns, and are translated by en; as, 

Give me some, Donnez m y en. 

I have not any, Je n'en ai pas. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 69 

SECT. IV. THE PLACE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS GOVERNED 

BY VERBS. 



§ 49. — A personal 


pronoun governed by a verb, either as 


its direct or indirect object, 


must be placed immediately before 


the verb ; as, 






He sees me, 




11 me voitj 


thee, 




11 te voit ; 


us, 




11 nous voit, 


you, 




11 vous voit ; 


him, 




11 le voit. 


I speak to him, 




Je lui parle, 


to her, 




Je lui parle, 


to them, 




Je leur parle, 


ofit, 




Ten parle, 


of them, 




Ten parle. 


Does he see him or it J 




Le voit-il? 


her or it ? 




La voit-il ! 


them? 




Les voit-il ? 



§ 50. — But when the verb is in the imperative mood used 
affirmatively , the pronoun governed by the verb must be 
placed after it; as, Send him, Envoy ez-le. 

N. B. — When the verb in the imperative mood is used negatively, 
the pronoun governed by a verb must be placed before the verb as in 
§49. 

Examples, 



Send us, 


Envoyez-nous. 


her, 


Envoyez-/a. 


them ) 


Envoyez-fes. 


Speak to him, 


Parlez-Ziti. 


to her, 


Parlez-/i«. 


to them , 


Parlez-Zeur. 


Do not send us. 


Ne nous envoyez pas. 


him, ^ 


Ne Z'envoyez pas. 


them, 


Ne les envoyez pas. 


Do not speak to him. 


Ne lui parlez pas. 


to her, 


Ne lui parlez pas. 


to them, 


Ne leur parlez pas. 



70 



ELEMENTARY 



§ 51. — (1.) When a verb governs two personal pronouns, one 
of which is its direct object, .and the other its indirect object, 
the pronoun in the first or second person is placed before the 
one in the third person ; that is, me, te, se, nous, vous, pre- 
cede le, la, les, y, or en. 

(2.) If both pronouns are in the third person, the direct ob- 
ject is placed before the indirect object ; that is, le, la, les, 
precede lui, four, y, or en. 

(3.) When y and en occur in the same sentence, y precedes 
en. 

Examples. 



He gave him or it to me, 


11 me le donna. 


He gave her or it to me, 


11 me la donna. 


He gave them to me, 


11 me les donna. 


He gave me some. 


11 m'en donna. 


He gave him or it to thee, 


11 te le donna. 


He gave thee some, 


11 fen donna. 


He gave him or it to us, 


11 nous le donna. 


He gave her or it to you, 


11 vous la donna. 


He gave us some, 


11 nous en donna. 


He gave you some,. 


11 vous en donna. 


He recalls him or it to himself, 


11 se le rappelle. 


He recalls her or it to herself, 


11 se la rappelle. 


He recalls them to himself, 


11 se les rappelle. 


He applies himself to it, 


11 s'y applique. 


He sent me there, 


11 m'y envoy a. * 


He sent him or her to me there, 


11 me Vy envoya. 


He sent me some there, 


11 rtCy en envoya. 


He sent us there, 


11 nous y envoya. 


He sent some to us there, 


11 nous y en envoya. 


He gives it to him or to her, 


11 le lux donne. 
11 le leur donne. 


He gives it to them, 


He gives them to them, 


11 les leur donne. 


He sent them to them there, 


11 les leur $ envoya. 


He sent some to him there, 


11 lux y en envoya. 


He sent some there, 


11 y en envoya. 


He sent some to them there, 


11 leur y en envoya. 



* "En and y are also adverbs of place, en meaning tlience, and y, there, thither, 
and they follow the same rules as the pronouns. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



71 



§ 52. — But, when a verb in the imperative mood, used af- 
firmatively , governs two pronouns, these pronouns are placed 
after that verb, in the following order : 

Le, la, les, are placed immediately after the verb. 

Lui, leur, nioi, nous, vous, come after le, la, or les. 

^precedes rnoi, toi, le, and la. 

Y follows nous, vous, and les. 

En comes the last. 

Examples. 



Send him to me, 
Send her to me, 
Send them to me. 
Send him or it to them, 
Send them to them, 
Send them to him, 
Send me there, 
Send us there, 
Send some there, 
Warn him of it, 
Warn them of it, 
Compel me to it, 
Compel us to it, 
Give me some. 
Give us some, 
Transport yourself there, 
Inform yourself of it, 
Apply yourself to it, 



Envoy ez-le-moi. 

EuYOjez-Ia-moi. 

Envoy ez-les-moi. 

'Envoy ez-le-Ieur. 

JLnvoyez-les-leur. 

FtiiYoyez-les-lui. 

Envoy ez-y-moi. 

Envoy ez-nous-y. 

Envoyez-y-en. 

Aveitissez-Pen, 

Avertissez-/es-e?2. 

Forcez-?/-moi, 

Fovcez-nous-y. 

Donne z-irfen. 

Dormez-nous-en. 

Trmispoiiez-vous-y. 

Infoimez-vous-en. 

A])]Aiq\\ez-vous-y. 



N. B. When the verb in the imperative mood is used negatively, 
the pronouns governed by the verb must be placed before the verb, 
as in § 51. 

Do not send him to me, Ne me Fenvoyez pas. 

Do not send me any, Ne m J en envoyez pas. 

Do not send us there, Ne nous y envoyez pas. 

Do not give me any, Ne m^en donnez pas. 

Do not give them any, Ne leur en donnez pas. 

Do not warn him of it, Ne Pen avertissez pas. 

Do not warn them of it, Ne les en avertissez pas. 



72 



ELEMENTARY 



A TABLE 

Showing at one view the place of Personal Pronouns in the 
objective case. 
Before the verb. After the verb. 



§43,45,49,51. 



Me, 
to Me, 


\ 


Me, 


Thee, 
to Tliee, 


\ 


Te, 


Himself, 






Herself, I 
Itself ( 
Themselves, J 


Se, 


Us, 
to Us, 


\ 


Nous, 


You, 
to You, 


\ 


Vous, 


Him, 
It; mas. 


\ 


Le, 


Her, 
It; fern. 


} 


La, 


TJiem, 




Les, 


to Him, 
to Her, 


\ 


Lui, 


to T/iem, 




Leur,^ 


of, ) It, Him, / 
from, ) Her, Them, \ 


En, 


to It, 
to Them, 


i 


Y, 



i 44, 46, 50, 52. 
Moi, 

ToL 



Nous, 

Vous, 

Le, 

La, 

Les, 

Lui. 

Leur.* 

En. 

Y. 



After a preposition. 
§47. 

Moi. 



Toi. 



Soi. 



Nous. 
Vous. 
Lui. 

EHe. 

(Eux, m. 

}Elles, f. 



* The personal pronoun leur, to them, should not be mistaken for 
the possessive pronoun, leur, meaning their; the former never takes 
the sign of the plural, while the latter is written leurs when it 
agrees with a plural noun. 

§ 53. — If the objective pronouns are governed by a verb 
compounded of the auxiliary verbs avoir or etre and a past 
participle, they must be placed before the auxiliary verb, and 
not between the auxiliary and the participle ; as, 

He has seen me, 11 M ? a vu. 

He has seen thee, II T'a vu. 



We have seen him. 



Nous iJavons vu. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 73 

Exercise 59. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 49. 

Do you see John ? I see him. Where is my book ? I do not 
see it. Does he see me ? Does he see thee ? Does he see us ? Does 
he see you? William is at the door ; do you see him ? We see him. 
I have lost my pencil, do you see it ? He does not see me. Does 
he not see thee ? I see you. I have a good pen, and I will give it 
to my sister. I have bought (achete) a gold thimble, and I am going 
to give it to Lucy. I know him. I know her. I know them. Do 
you not know me ? Do you not know us ? We do not know him. 
You do not know her. Do you see her often ? 

Exercise 60. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 45, 49, 53. 

She sees me. She does not see thee. We do not see him. We see 
her. You see them. She knows me. She speaks to me. William 
sees thee; he is speaking to' thee. Mary sees us; she is speaking to 
us. I know him ; I will send him some money. Your father will 
punish you; he will write to you. He sees her; but he does not 
speak to her. Does Edward see you ? Have you seen Stephen to- 
day ? I have not seen him to-day. I shall see him to-morrow. He 
nas not seen me. Has he not seen you? 

Exercise 61. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 45, 49, 53. 

Do you give me two pine-apples? I give you three pine-apples. 
[ will follow thee. He follows us. She calls them. Do you speak 
to me ? He is writing to us. We shall punish the boys. Why do 
you punish them? Those fans are not mine, nor (ni) thine, nor 
hers. Whose (a qui) are they? - Eat a peach; this is sweeter than 
4 iiat. Send these violets and snow-drops to Lucy. Give me the 
former. Where is the physician ? Have you not seen him ? I saw 
him yesterday, but 1 did not speak to him. Has your brother writ- 
ten to him? He has written to him, but he has not sent him the 
letter, (lettre, f.) 

7 



74 



ELEMENTARY 



Vocabulary. 

N.B. The numbers in the Vocabulary designate the verb in the 
Appendix, which is to be used as a model. 



Lamp, 
Lend, 

Light, verb, 
Perfectly, 
Carry, 
Take, 
Bring, 
Take away, _, 



lampe, f. 
prater. (3) 
allumer. (3) 
parfaitement. 

' Mener P (3) 
Mener, (3) 
Amener, (3) 
^ Emmenerj (3) 



Pocket, 
Shut, verb, 
Speak, 
Why, 



applied 

to 
persons. 



applied to 

infants and 

inanimate 

objects. 



Jpoche, f. 
fermer. (3) 
parler. (3) 
pourquoi. 
{ Porter. (3) 
Porter. (3) 
Aj)j)orter.(3) 
^ Emporter.fS) 



Exercise 62. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 49, 50. 

Shut the door. Shut it. Let us shut it. Let us gather the roses. 
Let us gather them. Gather them. Write thy letter. Send it to 
thy brother.. Light the lamp. Light it. Do not light it. I am 
writing a letter; give it to William. Send me some books. I do 
not see them. She writes to me often. Write to me every day, 
(ious les jours.) Were you calling me? Tell me where she is. I 
will write to them to-morrow. Mary is at the door. I see her. Call 
her. Follow me. Believe us. Take away this; leave that. 

Exercise 63. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 49, 50. 

Have you any grapes? Send them to the market. No, I will 
send them to my aunt. Do not give them to the children. Where 
are the good pens ? They are on the table. I prefer them to yours. . 
Put them in my copy-book. Do not put them in your pocket. 
Write to her. Do not write to her. Send her to my sister. Do 
not send her. I have a new book. 1 will give it to Lucy. Give 
it to Mary. Do not give it to Lucy. Didst thou not give Henry 
an oraoge? He has eaten his, and that of his sister. The former 
was (etait) larger than the latter. My flowers are not so pretty as 
Mary's. 



ERENCH EXERCISES. 75 

Exercise 64. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52. 

You have my book, give it to rne. You have Mary's gold pen, 
give it to roe. Give them to me. Have you any money? Lend 
it to us. And a purse also? Lend it to us. Lend them to us. 
You have French books and Italian books ; lend us some of them. 
My brother will send them to you, or he will bring them to you him- 
self, (lui-meme ) Send them to-morrow. x\re you acquainted with 
my uncle? I am acquainted with him. I know my lesson. Dost 
thou know it perfectly ? We do not know ours. What a beautiful 
pine-apple ! carry it to my sister. Bring some to me. Do not take it 
away. 

Exercise 65. 

See § 41, 42, 43, 45, 48, 51, 53. 

You have my pencil. John gave* it to me. He did not give* it to 
you. Have you Mary's pen? She lent* it tome. She will lend it 
to thee. Edward sends him to me. We send him to thee. I send 
them to you. He sends her to us. Lewis gave* me some. Did 
he give* you some? I gave* them to you. William sent us there. 
He has some new books. He lent* them to Edward. He lent* them 
to me. He sent them to me there. He sent them to us there. He 
sent some to us there. I will speak to her of it. We have seen him. 

Exercise 66. 

See § 50, 52, 53. 

Did you give* some money to the blind woman? I gave* her a 
dollar. I gave* it to her. I gave* her some. Lucy lent* her some. 
Mary will send her some. Give her a new hat. Julia has given it 
to her. He has given it to them. Bring a pencil to Mary. Bring 
it to her. Take my purse to Julia. Take it to her. Carry these 
oranges to your aunt. Carry them to her. Take them away. Bring 
your sister here. Bring her to me. 

* The pupil will translate these verbs by the compound of the 
Present Tense, or Passe Indefini. See the Remarks on that Tense 
in the Appendix, page 137, and the Remark on the following page. 



76 ELEMENTARY 

Remark. — The past participle, when preceded by the verb have, 
agrees in gender and number with the pronoun which is the direct 
object of the verb, when that object is placed before the verb; as, 

He has seen her, II i/a vue. 

He has seen them, II les a vus. 

Exercise 67. 

Have you seen her to-day? I have taken her to her brother's 
house. He has given her the books. He had given them to me. 
Emily has seen him. She has not seen us. Have you my pen? 
I have lent it to Mary. Does John sell butter? He sells it. He 
sells it to me. He does not give it to me. Do you give me the 
cream ? I give it. I give it to you. I do not sell it to you. Does 
not Mary give, it to me ? I give you the best coffee. Do we not 
give it to her? Do you give it to your brother? I do not give it 
to him; I give it to thee. Carry thy books to school. Carry them 
there. 

54. — En is expressed in French in many instances where 
of it or of them is understood in English, especially when the 
sentence ends with a cardinal number or any word expressing 
quantity ; as, 

How many inkstands have you? I have three. 
Oombien d'encriers avez-vous? J'en ai trois. 

Exercize 68. 

I had five penknives, but I have lost two. If you like (aimez) 
those apples, take some; we have a great many (beaucowp.) My mo- 
ther bought twelve handkerchiefs, and she gave me six. I picked 
three roses, and I will give you two. Carry those pinks to your 
sisters. Carry them to them. Carry them some. Take that blind 
man to your house. Take away my horse. No, (non) bring him to 
me. You will do that better than I. We were not speaking of them. 
I wish some good ink. Do you wish black ink? I will give you 
three dollars, and I will lend you five. You have plums and pears; 
I prefer the latter. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 77 

Vocabulary. 



Apply, 


s'adresser* 


! There, (with 


a verb,) y. 


Compel, 


forcer. (67) 


1 Think, 


penser. (3) 


Give back, 


rendre* (7) 


Trust, 


se fier.* 


Promise, verb, 


promettre. (35) 


Warn, 


avertir. (4) 


Lead, verb, 


mener. (3) 


With, 


avec. 


Show, verb, 


montrer. (3) 


Without, 


sans. 


Stick, 


baton, m. 


Umbrella, 


parapluie, m. 



Return, (to give back,) rendre. (7) 
Return, (to come back,) revenir. (61) 
Return, (to go back,) reiourner. (3) 
* These are Reflected verbs, and are conjugated like Se Promener 
in the Appendix. 

Exercise 69. 

I have brought you the book which [que) I had promised you. 
Where is it ? Show it to me. I will show it to you when you have 
(future) finished your work. Give it to me. It does not belong to 
me. I will lend it to you. Lend it to me now; I will return it to 
you to-morrow. Will you compel us to it? Have you warned them 
of it? I lend you my umbrella. Does he lend you his? Send 
him there. Send them there. We do not speak to them of it. 
Show me the lesson. Have you shown it to them? Who will open 
the door? I. Send me mutton, beef, and veal. He, he will not 
do it to-day. 

Exercise 70. 

I give back to you your slate. I give it back to you. Have 
you returned to me my pen-knife ? I will return it to you to-mor- 
row. I sell it to you. You have a good pen. Do you give it to 
me? I give it to you; I do not sell it to you. Henry warned him 
of it. We warned them of it. I sent him. I sent him to her. 
I sent him to her there. We sent him to them there. We sent 
them to him there. John sent them to her there. You sent him to 
them. The queen sent her to them. My aunt sent her to them 
there. Does he take his children to school? He takes them there \ 
every day. Do they take their books there? They send some 
there to me. 

7* 



78 ELEMENTARY 

§ 55. — The pupil has been taught § 45 that personal pro- 
nouns preceded by the preposition to are considered in French 
the indirect objects of the verb with which they are connected, 
and the preposition d is understood, or rather comprised in the 
pronoun. 

But after the verbs alter, venir, and some other verbs of 
motion, some of the Neuter verbs, and all the Reflected verbs, 
the preposition cannot be comprised in the pronoun, as in 
§ 45; it must be expressed, and consequently the pronoun must 
come after the verb, and must be translated into French as 
directed in § 47. 

Exercise 71. 

Your uncle is here ; apply to him. If you wish help, (secours, 
m.) come to me; do not go to them. Trust to him, but do not 
trust to her. Think upon (a) me. I will think of (d) thee. Were 
you speaking to him, or to her? I trust thee, and I shall trust 
thee always. If you wish money, apply to my sister. I went to 
her, and she sent me to thee. I trust to her, I do not trust to 
them. She did not apply to you. Why did she not apply to me, 
when she wished help ? Will you trust yourself to me ? Go to him, 
if you have need (besoin) of any thing. 

Vocabulary. 
After, prep. apres. 
At, a. 

Behind, derriere. 



By, par. 

For, pour. 



Near, pres de. 

At the house of, chez. 

Before, (speaking of time and order,) avant. 

Before, (speaking of place and presence,) devant. 

By, (by the side of,) a coti de. 

Exercise 72. 

See § 47. 

Follow your sister, but do not run after her. I wish to arrive 
(arrive?') before her. I am near thee, but thou dost not see me. 
He will do it for thee to-morrow. This is for him. Do not go be- 
fore me. I will walk (marcher) by my sister. Julia is at the hous<s 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 70 

of her brother. Mary is at my house, (at the house of me.) I 
shall go to your uncle's after to-morrow. I will not go with them. 
Have you applied to her? Was he speaking of me? He was 
speaking of thee. I will go with her. Without thee, I should not 
have found my book. Without me, your gloves would have been 
lost. 

Exercise 73. 

Do not go with him. They came to me. Return with me. We 
were running with her. This umbrella is not mine. It is your 
cousin's; return it to him. Come sit (inf.) by me. Lucy and her 
sisters are sewing, she sews better than they. Were you writing to 
her or to them? You and I (we) have not received our money. 
My cousin will write the letter for thee. I cannot see you; you are 
behind me. John will walk the first, and his brothers will follow 
him. Will you walk before me? Bring me the stick. Bring it 
to me. Carry it to him. Do not carry it to him. 

Vocabulary. 

On, before a noun, sur, prep. On it, dessus, adv. 

Under, do. do. sous, prep. | Under it, dessous, adv. 

See § 47, and the Remark under it. 

Exercise 74. 

Does he put the stick under the table? He puts it under it. 
Does he put it on it or under it? He puts it on it. Send me the 
books. Send them to me. Send them to us. Let us send them 
to him. Let us send them to them. Send some there. Send me 
some. Give me the bread. Give me some. Give it to him. Give 
him some. Send him to us. Send her to us. Give back to us 
our ink. Give it back to me. Lead the horse to the river. Lead 
him there. Let us lead him there. Here are (void) two horses. 
Lead them there. I cannot go there without her. You will be there 
before me. 



80 ELEMENTARY 

SECT. V. REFLECTED PRONOUNS. 

§ 06. — The reflected pronouns are placed before the verb, 
except where the verb is in the imperative mood used affirma- 
tively. They are, 

Myself, or to myself, me. 

Thyself, or to thyself, te. 

Himself, herself, itself, or ) 

To himself, to herself, to itself, j 

Ourselves, or to ourselves, nous. 

Yourselves, or to yourselves, vous. 

Themselves, or to themselves, se. 

§ 57. — But when the verb is in the imperative mood used 
affirmatively, the reflected pronouns are placed after the verb, 
and 

Thyself, or to thyself, is expressed by toi. 

§ 58. — When the reflected pronouns are preceded by any 
other preposition than to, they are expressed as follows: 



Myself, 




is moi or moi-meme. 


Thyself, 




u toi or toi-meme. 


Himself, 




C( lui or lui-meme. 


Herself, 




u elle or eUe-meme. 


Ourselves, 




" nous or nous-memes. 


Yourself, 




u vous or vous-meme. 


Yourselves, 




ei vous or vous-memes. 


Themselves, masc, 




u eux or eux-memes. 


Themselves, fern., 




" elles or elles-memes. 


One's self. 


Example, 


u soi or soi-meme. 


§ 56. — He amuses himself, 


11 s' amuse. 


He recalls to 
the day, 


himself 1 


11 se rappelle lejow. 


§ 57. — Dress thyself, 




Habilh~toi. 


§ 58.— For thyself, 




Pour toi. 


Of one's self, 




De soi. 





FRENCH 


EXERCISE?. 


SJ 




. Vocabulary. 




Apply, (to persons,) s addresser* 


Find, 


tr ouver. (3) 


Apply, (to things,) s'appliqner* 


Finish, 


finir. (4) 


Blame, verb, 


blamer. (3) 


Nail, (finger,; 


i ongle, m. 


Burn, verb, 


bruler. (3) 


Repent, 


se repentir. (34) 


Cut, verb, 


couper. (3) 


Study, verb, 


etudier. (3) 


Dress, verb, 


liabiller. (3) 


Too, too much, trop. 


Face, 


figure, f. 


Warm, 


chauffer. (3) 


Fault, 


faute, f. 


Wash, 


laver. (3) 




* See Se 


Promener. 






Exerc 


'se 75. 





I blame myself, and I repent of my fault. I will finish that work 
myself. I am not speaking of myself. We will speak of it to the 
master ourselves. Thou appliest thyself too closely (trop) to thy 
studies. I wish to see thee thyself. We will apply to our uncle 
when we need (aurons besoin de) help. The boys are going to the 
baker's themselves. Will they not warm themselves at the fire? 
They will warm themselves by walking (en marchani) fast. Do you 
find yourself better to-day ? My sisters walk every day. He trusts 
too much to himself. 

Remark. — Reflected verbs are used in French, in speaking 
of performing an action upon one's body or limbs ; as, 

I wash my hands, Je me lave les mains. 

Exercise 76. 

I am warming myself. I am warming my feet. Henry is wash- 
ing himself. lie is washing his hands. We dress ourselves. The 
little child does not dress himself. He will burn his fingers. He 
is warming his hands. That child is burning his shoes. Is he not 
burning his feet? Mary is washing her muslin gown. Lucy is 
washing her face. Do you wash your hands and face? I have 
cut my finger. Thou hast cut thy arm. He has cut his hand. We 
have cut our fingers. How have you broken your arm ? The 
child is cutting his hair and his nails. 



82 ELEMENTARY. 



CHAPTER VIII. 



THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 



§ 59. — The relative pronoun who is translated into 
French, thus : 

Who, qui, lequel. 

Whose, of whom, dont, de qui, duquel. 

Whom, (object of a verb,) que. 

Whom, (governed by a preposition,) qui, lequel. 

§ 60. — Who is almost always translated by qui, which is 
used for both genders and both numbers; as, 

The man who comes, L'homme QUI merit. 

The woman who comes, La femme qui vient. 

The men who come, Les hommes qui viennent. 

Remark. — Lequel is only used to avoid ambiguity. When the 
relative pronoun is separated from its antecedent by another noun, 
who, whom, that and which are translated by lequel, which is varied 
in the following manner, to agree with its antecedent in number and 
gender. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

masc. fem. masc. fern. 

Lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, who, which. 



I 



§61.— Whose 

r\n 7 f are translated by <( 
Of whom 



dont. ) both genders and 
de qui. j numbers. 
duquel, masc. sing. 
de laquelle, fem. sing. 
desquels, masc. plur. 
[\ desquelles, fem. plur. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 83 

Examples. 

A man whose brother you know, Un Jiomme dont vous connaissez 

le frere. 
A woman whose virtues are Une femme dont les vertus sont 

known, connues. 

The boy of whom I speak, Le garcon dont je parle. 

The girl OF whom I speak, La file dont je parle. 

Remark 1. — Whose, when followed by a noun which is not gov- 
erned by a preposition, is expressed by dont ; and dont must be fol- 
lowed by the nominative of the next verb, whatever may be the 
construction of the sentence in English ; as, 

The man whose genius is great, L y homme dont le genie est grand. 
The man whose talents we admire, L'homme dont nous admirons les 

talents. 

Remark 2. — Whose, when followed by a noun which is governed 
by a preposition, is translated by de qui or duquel, &c.-; not by dont; 
as, 
A man on whose friendship I can Tin homme sur Vamitie de QUl/e 

rely, puis compter. 

Remark 3. — Duquel, de laquelle, &c, are employed to express 
whose and ofiohom, when the relative pronoun being separated from 
its antecedent by a number of words, the sentence might be rendered 
ambiguous by using dont and de qui, which being of either number 
and gender, do not indicate at once the noun to which they relate; as, 

This is that young man's sister of whom Void la sczur de ce j&une homme 
we were speaking, de laquelle nous -parlions. 

§/?r» ttt7 ( th e object of a verb, and employed ) 7 , 

62. — Whom A . , \ ' . F y V que. lequel. 

? / without a preposition, is, j *■ ; •* 

Whom, ^en Preceded ^ "V Preposition j ; j. 

Examples. 

The man whom I saw, L'homme que fai vu. 

The man to whom I spoke, L'homme a qui fai parle. 



84 



ELEMENTARY. 



§ 63. — The relative pronouns which and that are 
translated into French thus; 



Which, when it is the subject or nominative 

of a verb, is translated by 
That, when it can be changed into who 

which, and is the subject of a verb, is 



or 



>• qui. 



Examples. 
The wind which blows, Le vent qui souffle. 

The child that cries, U enfant qui pleure. 

The fruits that ripen, Les fruits qui murissent. 

f when placed after a noun that is *) 
§ 64.-^- Of which, < not governed by a preposition, is > dont. 
[^ expressed by j 

{ditquel, masc. sing. 
,7 7 77 £ 

ae laquelie* iem. sing. 
desquels, masc. plur. 
desquelleSy fern. plur. 

Examphs. 

I have some foreign flowers, the JW desfleurs etrangeres, dont Vodeur 

smell of which is very agreeable. es£ £r<?«? agre'able. 

I have some foreign flowers, the J'ai des Jleurs etrangeres, dont je 

smell of which I do not like. n'aime pas Vodeur. 

I have some foreign flowers, to the JW des Jleurs etrangeres, a Vodeur 

smell of which I shall never get accus- desquelles je ne m'aecoutumerai jamais. 
tomed. 

N. B. The pupil should carefully notice the construction of the 
preceding sentences. 

In the first and second examples, of which being placed after a 
noun that is not governed by a preposition, is expressed by dont; 
and dont is placed immediately after its antecedent, (the noun to 
which it refers,) and is followed by the noun or pronoun, which is 
the nominative of the next verb. 

In the third example, of 'which , being placed after a noun that is 
preceded by a preposition, is expressed by desquelles, and not by dont. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



85 



§ 65. — Which, when it is the object of a verb, is ) 

rp-, C when it can be changed into whom, or > que. 

i k which, and is the object of a verb, is ) 

Clequel, masc. sing. 

jtti .7 , , ... I laquelle, fern. sing. 

Which, governed by a preposition, is <( L 7 ^ 

J lesquels, masc. plur. 
[_ lesquelles, fern. plur. 

Remark. — When the preposition that governs lequel is de 
or d, it is contracted with it, as follows : 



SINGULAR. 

masc. fern. 

Lequel, laquelle, 

duquel, de laquelle, 

auquel, a laquelle, 

duquel, de laquelle, 



PLURAL. 

masc. fern. 

lesquels, lesquelles, 

desquels, desquelles, 

auxquels, auxquelles, 

desquels, desquelles, 



who, which, 
of whom, of which, 
to whom, to which, 
from whom, from which. 



§ 66. — The pupil will perceive from the preceding lessons that 
we translate 
who, -\ 

when nominative to the following verb, by qui. 



which, 

that, 

whom, 

which, 

that, 



> when object of the following verb, by que. 

Examples. 

L'homme qui \ 

\ 

i } 



The man who 
The horse which 
The chaise that 
The man whom 
The horse which 
The coach that 



comes. 



I see. 



Le cheval qui 
La chaise qui 
L'homme que ■ 
Le cheval que 
Le carrosse que . 



vient. 



je vois 



§ 67. — What, standing for that which, is 



( ce qui. 
\ or 

^ ce que. 

(1.) Ce qui is used when immediately followed by a verb of which 
qui is the subject nominative, as, 

Always do what is right ; i. e. that Which is right. 
Faites toujour s ce qui est juste. « 



86 



ELEMENTARY 



.! 



quoi. 



(2.) Ce que is used when a nominative comes in betweei 
it and the next verb. Que is in the objective case. 

What we say is true ; i. e. that which we say is true. 
Ce que nous disons est vrai. 

£ gg^ jy/iat C use<1 in a va £ ue sense ' 

tt7 z. • I ] or re ^ err ^ n & t0 a phrase, 
Vr/llC/l, i an( j governed by a preposition, 

William learned his lessons; after which he went to walk. 
GuiUaume a appris ses lecons; apres quoi il est alle' se promener. 

§ 69. — Of what is de ce qui, de ce que; as, 

I speak of what is true ; i. e. of that which, &c. 
Je parle de ce qui est vrai. 
I speak of what you know. 
Je parte de ce que vous savez. 

What of is ce dont; as, 

Wliat he speaks of is not true; that of which, &c. 
Ce dont il parle ?i'est pas vrai. 

§ 70. — To what is & ce qui, a ce que; as, 

Apply to what is useful ; i. e. that which, &c. 
Appliquez-vous a ce qui est utile. 
Pay attention to what I say. 
Faites attention a ce que je dis. 

What to is ce a quoi; as, 

What you apply 'to is not useful ; i. e. *Aa£ to which, &c. 
Ce a quoi t;o&£ vows appliquez rfest pas utile. 

Vocabulary. 



Absolute, 

Happen, 

Lady, 

Letter, 


ahsolu. 
arriver. (3) 
dame, f. 
lettre, f. 


Strike, 
Study, 
Skip, 
Sure, 


f rapper. (3) 
etude, £ 
hondir. (4) 


Meadow, 
Pick, 


prairie, f. 
cueillir. (22) 


Very, adv. 
Vice, 


tresjfort, hien. 
vice, m. 


Power, 
Shun, 


pouvoir, m. 
eviter. (3) 


Vex, 
Wear, 


fdcher. (3) 
porter. (3) 



Exercise 77. 
The man who sells apples is at the door, 
sells strawberries. The grass which stows. 



Call the woman who 
Do you see the lambs 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 87 

that skip in the meadows ? The boy that runs so (si) fast. The man 
whose apples you are picking. The king whom we fear. The lady 
whom you see is my sister. The house which we sold. The flowers 
which you are gathering are beautiful. Lewis has a horse which is 
worth two hundred dollars. The horse which you see in the meadow 
is not his. The jewels that you wear. The man with whom I came. 
The carriage in which I came. 

§ 71. — The relative pronoun, whom, which, or that, is often 
omitted in English, but it must always be expressed in French 
when it is required by the meaning or construction of the sen- 
tence ; as, 

Where is the book you were reading ? 
Ov- est le livre que vous lisiez ? 

Exercise 78« 

The king whose power is absolute. The physician to whose pru- 
dence I owe much, (beaucoup.) The niece of whom I speak. The 
birds of which you speak. The coach which is at the door. The 
house which we saw yesterday is for sale. [Ex. 54.) The man with 
whom Edward is walking. The carpenter to whom he gave the gold. 
The horse on which I returned to the city. I love what you love. 
Eat what I give you. Tell me what vexes you. The dog that is 
running. The boys who are picking cherries. The boys whom you 
will punish. The grapes you sell are not ripe. The lady from whom 
I received this letter. 

Exercise 79. 

The pencil with which I am writing. The pen with which thou 
art writing. There are (yoila) the books for which I gave eighty 
dollars. You are buying a book which is very dear. The book 
which you have bought is very dear. The book of which you speak 
is dear. He has lost all the money he had. The physician whom I 
see. The physician of whom I speak. The pine-apples of which Mary 
speaks. I have what pleases me. Edward does not sell what I sell. 
The table on which you write. This is that lawyer's niece of whom 
we were speaking. I love what you love. 



88 ELEMENTARY 

§ 72. — When a relative pronoun, governed by a preposition, 
is not expressed in English, and the preposition that governs 
it, is placed at the end of the sentence, the relative pronoun must 
be expressed in French, preceded by the preposition ; as. 

Do you know the lady I am writing to ? 

This sentence should be translated thus: 

Connaissez-vous la dame a qvifScris? 

Do you know the lady to whom I am writing ? 

Exercise 80. 

I do not know the shoemaker you speak of. We believe what he 
says. Do you know what vexes her ? Here is (void) the boy I was 
running after. What you speak of will happen. She is speaking 
of what will happen to-day. Tell me what I shall say. You whose 
sons are so attentive. The boys I see in the meadow. This is 
the stick with which he struck me. Where is the horse you have 
bought? The horse to which I have given some water. You speak 
of the lady whose aunt has been ill, (malade.) 

He trusts to what he has done. What you trust to is not sure. The 
farmer whose garden you have seen. The queen whose jewels are 
lost. Shun vice and love what is good. Do not you believe what 
I say? The studies to which he applies, (J applique.) The chair 
on which you are sitting, (etes assis.) The pens with which Lucy 
writes. The coach in which I came. The apricots which you are 
picking. Give me the pen you are writing with. I do not know 
whom it belongs to. We speak of what we know. What we talk 
of every day. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 89 



CHAPTER IX. 

THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

§ 73. — The interrogative pronoun who is translated 
into French thus : 



Who, 


qui, quel. 


Whose, 


de qui, a qui. 


Whom, 


qui. 



(1.) Who is translated by qui, when it does not refer to a noun 
coming after the verb, of which who is the subject or nominative, as: 

Who wrote this letter ? Qui a ecrit cette lettre f 

(2.) Who is expressed by quel, quelle, quels, quelles, when the next 
verb is followed by a noun to which this pronoun quel refers, as; 

Who are these ladies? Quelles sont ces dames? 

N.B. Remember quel must agree in number and gender with the noun 

to which it refers in the sentence. Quel is really an interrogative adjective, 

■ and the noun with which it agrees is understood, the sentence above 

reading thus, when the ellipsis is supplied : Quelles {dames) sont ces dames l 

§ 74. — Whose, meaning of whom, is de qui. 

117 u~~„ (used before the verb to be, signifying) v „ • 

Whose. < . . ■ ^ • i cl qui. 

1 (possession, duty, or right, is > z 

Examples. 

Whose pen have you? La plume de qui avez-vous? 

Whose pen is this ? A qui est cette 'plume ? 

N.B. Whose, used interrogatively, is never expressed by dont, which 

is always a relative pronoun. 

8* 



90 ELEMENTARY 

§ 75. — The interrogative pronoun which is thus 
translated : 



1 



preferring to a noun masc. sing, is quel^ lequel. 
* , . , J u " fem. sing, is quelle , laquelle . 

" « masc. plur. is quels, lesquels, 
" ' fem. plur. is quelles^ lesquelles. 

Remark 1. — Which, coming immediately before the verb to be, and 
referring to a noun following that verb, is expressed by quel, &c; as, 

Which are the largest islands? Quelles sont les plus grandes lies? 

Remark 2. — Which, coming immediately before the verb to be, 
when that verb is not followed by a noun, is translated by lequel, &c, 
as, 

Look at those roses 3 which is the Regardez ces roses-Id; laquelle est 
prettiest ? la plus jolie ? 

Remark 3. — Which, meaning which one, which ones, and not fol- 
lowed by the verb to be, is translated by lequel, &c, as, 

Those are my horses 3 which (one) Voila mes chevaux; lequel admircz- 
do you admire the most ? vous le plus? 

Remark 4. — Which, followed by of, is translated by lequel, &c, 
as, 

Which of these oranges will you Laquelle de ces oranges voulez-vous J 
have? 

Remark 5. — Lequel cannot be used as an adjective, and therefore 
must never be followed immediately by a noun. When it is pre 
ceded by the preposition de or d, contraction takes place as in the 
relative pronoun lequel, which is declined on page 85; as, 

To which of my uncles have you Auquel de mes oncles avez-vous 
written? ecrit? 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 91 

f 1~. qu'est-ce qui. 

§ 76. — The interrogative pronoun J 2. y 5 * 

What is translated by | n . • ' 

J o. 5^02. 

L4. y^e/, quelle, &c. 

(1.) Tf Aaf signifying wAa* thing, and employed as the nominative 

to a verb ; is expressed by qu'est-ce qui; as, 

What vexes you? QvJest-ce qui vousfdche ? 

(2.) What, signifying ivhat thing, and used without a preposition 
as the object of a verb, is expressed by que or qu'est-ce que; as, 

What are you doing? Que faites-vous ? or 

Qu'est-ce que vousfaites ? 

(2.) TFAa*?, when it means what sort of thing, or of what conse- 
quence, and is followed by the verb to be, is likewise expressed by 
que or qu'est-ce que;*&s, 

What are men before God? Que sont les hommes devant Dieu? 

What is light? Qu J est-ce que la lumiere? 

(3.) What, signifying what thing, and preceded by a preposition', 
whether expressed or understood, is translated by quoi; as, 

Of what is he speaking? Be quoi parle-t-il? 

(3.) What, used as an interjection, is quoi; as, 

What ! is that my brother? Quoi! est-ce la monfrere? 

(4.) What, when it does not mean what thing, and relates to a 
noun placed after the verb which follows what, is translated by quel, 
quelle, quels, quelles, according to the gender and number of the noun 
to which it relates; as, 

What are your motives? Quels sont vos motifs? 



92 


ELEMENTARY 






Vocabulary. 




America, 


Amerique, £ 


i Motive, 


motif m. 


Asia, 


Asie, f. 


Name, 


nom, m. 


Africa, 


Afrique, f. 


Name, verb, 


nommer. (3) 


City, 


ville, f. 


Republic, 


republique, f. 


Continent, 


continent, m. 


Ride, verb, 


monter. (3) 


Europe, 


Europe, f. 


River, 


riviere, f . 


Form, verb, 


former. (3) 


State, 


<^a£, m. 


Island, 


He, f. 


Study, verb, 


itudier. (3) 


Look at, 


regarder. (3) 


Sun, 


sofei7 ; m. 




Northern, septentri 


onal, or du nord. 






Southern, meridior 


,al, or du sud. 






Eastern, oriental. 








Western, occidenta 


1 






Exerci 


se 8f. 





Who wishes to pick strawberries ? Who will go with me ? Who 
are those children we see in the meadow? Whose horses have you 
bought? Whose gloves are these ? Whose son are you ? Whom have 
you seen to day? Of whom were you speaking to my mother? 
With whom will you go this evening to the city ? You have seen 
my horses ; which do you prefer ? Which is the best ? Which is the 
best translation? Whose house is that? I do not know whose it is. 
What are you doing there ? (Id) What makes you laugh ? What 
do you wish to say ? Of what were you talking ? What is a conti- 
nent? 

Exercise 82. 

Look at those two houses, and tell me which you prefer. Can 
you not tell me which is the prettiest ? Whose fan is this ? Who has 
done that? What! is it (est-ce) you? What are Edward's motives? 
Which are the largest rivers? Which of these books were you 
reading ? Of what is John guilty ? To which of the boys shall I 
give the watch? Who gave thee this beautiful dog? For what dost 
thou call me? Who is calling me? Which of these horses shall I 
ride? Which horse shall I ride? What is an island? What is 
the name of that river? 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 93 

Exercise 83. 

Which are the northern states? There are two oranges; whose 
are they? Which do you prefer? Which is the largest? What! 
is he not willing to speak to Lewis ? Which of these roses do you 
wish? Whose boots have you ? Whose are these copy-books ? Whose 
daughter is she? What is a republic? To which of thy sisters 
shall I send some snow-drops? In which of those houses does thy 
aunt live? Which is the largest? Which has the largest garden ? 
About (de) what are the boys talking? What! is she not here? 
Will you have oranges or pine-apples? I prefer the latter to the 
former. 

Exercise 84. 

Which is the eastern continent? In what city do you live? 
What is the sun? The stars are suns. Give these handkerchiefs to 
those girls. These flowers are prettier than those. I have bought 
a cow and a horse; the former costs (coute) me five and twenty 
dollars, the latter eighty-five. What! you have given too much. 
What is the name of that star? What is Mary looking at? Whose 
apron has she ? This lesson is shorter than that. What are kings 
and queens ? On what island ? What continent do Europe, Asia, 
and Africa form ? Eat this pear, and take to your sister the ones 
that you have in your apron. What is honor? 

Exercise 85. 

What lesson are you studying ? Which is the largest of the west- 
ern states? Which is the smallest of the northern states? He only 
(seul) knows my motives. The physician to whom you are writing 
is not at home. Let us send her some lilies. Let us send them to 
them. I ! pick (cueillir) your flowers ! Who has done that? It was 
not I; it was she. Bring me a copy-book. Do not bring it to me. 
He and I (we) were together. I will go with thee. This stick is 
mine, and this umbrella is hers. This peach is not Mary's; she has 
eaten hers. Do not put the apples on the table; put them under it. 
Have you seen him ? I have not spoken to him. Where is the 
pine-apple I gave to the boys ? They have given it to their mother. 
I prefer these cherries to those. 



94 ELEMENTARY 






CHAPTER X. 

THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 

SECT. I. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS WHICH ARE NEVER JOINED 

TO A NOUN. 

§ 77. — Every one, each one, chacun. 

Nobody, no one, none, any body, personne. 

Other people, others, autrui. 

One, somebody, we, you, they, peo- 
ple, &c. on. 
Somebody, some one, any one, quelqv?un, masc. sing. 

C meaning afevj, not folO 
oOme, J lowed by a noun, but I , , 

Any, \ ending for a noun of \ queJques-uns, masc. plur. 

(^the masculine gender, J 
Some, (jo. do. standing fora J /femplur _ 

Any, ( noun of the fem. gender. J 

Whoever, whosoever, any person that, quiconque. 
One another, each other, Pun V autre. 

Chacun, referring to a noun of the feminine gender, is chacune; 
it has no plural. 

Personne, when a pronoun, is always masc. and singular. When 
personne means nobody, no one, none, ne must be placed before the 
verb; as, 

Nobody believes it, Personne ne le croit. 

Auirui has neither gender nor number ; it is always preceded by a 
preposition. 

Quiconque is invariable, and the verb of which it is the subject is 
in the singular number. 






FRENCH EXERCISES. 95 

Hun V autre, is declined in the following manner, viz : — 

SINGULAR. 

Masc. Fem. 

L'un l'autre, l'une l'autre, one another, 

L'un de l'autre, Tune de l'autre, of one another. 

L'un a l'autre, l'une a l'autre, to one anotlier. 

PLURAL. 

Masc. Fem. 

Les uns les autres, les unes les autres, one another. 

Les uns des autres, les unes des autres, of one another. 

Les uns aux autres, les unes aux autres, to one anotlier. 

N. B. The pupil must remember that the preposition which comes 
before one another in English, is placed between the two words Pun, P autre, 
in French. 

Remarks on the Indefinite Pronoun On. 

1. — On is always the nominative of a verb, and, though it repre- 
sents we, they, people, which are plural, it requires the verb to be in 
the third person singular; as, 

On dit, They say, people say. 

2. — The following and other similar indefinite expressions are also 
translated into French by on with the verb in the active voice : 

It will be said, On dira. 

It has been thought, On a cru. 

3. — English passive verbs used indefinitely require the active 
I voice in French, with on for the nominative ; and the nominative of 
the verb in English becomes its object in French; as, 

I have been told that he is gone, On rrfa dit quHl est parti. 
Rewards will be given to-morrow, On donnera des recompenses demain. 

Exercise 86. 

People believe it. Do not they believe it? Do not they say so 

, (ley. It will soon (bientot) be known, if that is true. It was told 

to my sister yesterday. Have the men been called from the meadow ? 

Do not speak ill of one another. Whoever says so, says what is 



96 ELEMENTARY 

not true. Each one of the knives. Each one of the forks. No one 
knows it. The works of others. Is there any one at the door? 
There is nobody. Take some of these apples. Somebody has taken 
my book. Is no one willing to come with me ? Have all the play- 
things been found? Some of the apricots are not ripe. 

Exercise 87. 

Send me some of those copy-books to-morrow. All the apples 
have been eaten. Each of these books has its value. Put them 
each in (a) its place. My brother will do it better than anybody. 
Is it known who wrote that book? Do not do to others what you 
would not wish (them to do to you,) (que Von vousfit.) The boys 
are talking to one another. It is said that the king is dead. Have 
the cherries been picked ? Each star. Each one of the stars. Which 
is the largest of the western states ? What lesson are you studying ? 

Vocabulary. 



Ask for, demander. (3) 

Any thing, rien. 

Nothing, ne . . . rien. 

Call, (at a house,) passer. (3) 
Engraving, gravure, f. 



Every body, tout le monde. 
Expect, attendre. (7) 

Like, verb, aimer. (3) 
Still, yet, encore. 



Whether, si. 

Exercise 88. 

I cannot give you any thing. Do you know whether your uncle's 
horses have been sold? They have not been sold yet. Have you 
still any of those engravings which you showed me the other day? 
I have a few of them, that I will sell you cheap (bon marclie.) I 
expect somebody. Has anybody called here to-day? I have been 
told that your aunt is sick. Some lessons are too long. Some of 
the lessons are short. Give me some of those caps. What are 
they looking at? How did he burn his hand? What does the poor 
woman expect? This cap is not so pretty as the one that I have 
made. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 97 

SECT. II. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS SOMETIMES JOINED TO 
NOUNS, AND SOMETIMES NOT. 

§ 78. — AH, every, every thing, tout, masc. sing. 

Both, Pun et V autre. 

Both,* tous les deux, m. 

Both, toutes les deux, f. 

Either, Pun ou P autre. 

Neither, ni Pun ni Pautre. 

Other, autre. 

No, none, not one, nul, masc, nulle, fern. 
Not any, none, not one, aucun, m. aucune, f. 

No, not one, pas un, m. pas une, f. 

Same, ?neme. 

Several, many, plusieurs, masc. and f. 

Such, tel, masc. telle, fem. 

These words, when joined to a noun, are adjectives; when used 
without a noun, they are pronouns. 

Ni Vun ni V autre, nul, aucun, and pas un, require ne before the 
/erb with which they are connected. 

Dun et Pautre is declined thus : 

SINGULAR. 

Masc. Fem. 

l'un et l'autre, l'une et Pautre, both. 

de l'un et de l'autre, de l'une et de l'autre, of both. 

a l'un et a l'autre, a l'une et a l'autre, to both. 

PLURAL. 

Masc. Fem. 

les uns et les autres, les unes et les autres, both. 

des uns et des autres, des unes et des autres, of both. 

aux uns et aux autres, aux unes et aux autres, to both. 

N. B. The pupil will notice the repetition of the preposition in the 
^rench pronoun. 

* Remark. — Both is translated by tons deux, masc, and toutes 
leux, fem., when it means two together, or at the same time. 



98 ELExMENTARY 

Uun ou P autre is declined thus ; 

SINGULAR. 

Masc. Fern. 

Fun ou l'autre, l'une ou l'autre, either. 

de l'un ou de l'autre, de l'une ou de l'autre, of either. 

a l'un ou a l'autre, a l'une ou a l'autre, to either. 

PLURAL. 

Masc. Fem. 

les uns ou les autres, les unes ou les autres, either. 

des uns ou des autres, des unes ou des autres, of either. 

aux uns ou aux autres, aux unes ou aux autres, to either'. 

Ni Pun ni P autre is declined thus : 

SINGULAR. 

Masc. Fem. 

ni l'un ni l'autre, ni l'une ni l'autre, neitJier. 

ni de l'un ni de l'autre, ni de l'une ni de l'autre, of neither. 

ni a l'un ni a l'autre, ni a l'une ni a l'autre, to neither. 

PLURAL. 

Masc. . Fenu 

ni les uns ni les autres, ni les unes ni les autres, neither. 

ni des uns ni des autres, ni des unes ni des autres, of neither. 

ni aux uns ni aux autres, ni aux unes ni aux autres, to neither. 

Exercise 89. 

Every thing is not lost. None of your sisters will come. We 

shall not see any of them to-day. The other farmers. The money 

of the others. Each man. Each of the men. Take either of these 

oranges. I wish neither of them. None of the books which you 

have pleases me. Of all these apples, not one is yet ripe. Nobody 

speaks to me of it. I am not speaking to any body. "Where are 

John and Stephen? Lewis receives money from both. I have 

written to both, but neither has answered my letters. Several have 

spoken to me of it. Those physicians speak well of one another. 

The lawyer to whom 'you are writing is not at home. 

Exercise 90. 
Do not look at each other's copy-books. Somebody has been (venu) 
here to-day, who wished to speak to you. Nobody likes that carpet. 
Take some of these snow-drops. Give me a few of them. Mary 
and Lucy are both in the garden. We love them both. Where is 
our little dog? He cannot be found. Has anybody asked to see 






FRENCH EXERCISES. 99 

me ? Everybody knows it. You will be expected at your uncle's. 
Not one of you has yet given me her exercise. We see nothing. You 
may have either of those pens. Which is the smallest of the north- 
ern states? You have not done anything to-day. 

Vocabulary, 



Busy, occupe 

Fall, verb, tomber. (3) 

Evening, soir, m. 



Morning, matin, m. 



Praise, verb, louer. (3) 

Property, bien, m. 

Only, alone, adj. seul. 

Week, semaine, f. 

Exercise 91. 
Show me your books, and I will see whether I have read any of 
them. What shall I buy? Which season do you prefer? What is 
a city? Have you seen the bookseller Edward was speaking of? 
Which one? The one whose daughter you know very well; but 
whose name I do not know. Lucy is not at home; she is at her 
sister's. Send her the letter you are reading. What is the carpenter 
saying? He says he will not be able to do what you wish this 
week. The children were running after one another, and both fell. 

Exercise 92. 
Which cloak shall I bring you? The cloth one or the silk one? 
Will you wear your new hat or your old one ? The oak of (avec) 
which that chair is made, is very beautiful. Sit by me; I cannot 
hear what you say. Whose letter is this ? Lend me your penknife. 
Which one ? Is this one yours ? Name the western states. No 
other man. Do not take the property of others. He says nothing. 
Do you know whether the letters have been received, that were ex- 
pected this morning? They have not been received yet. He only 
knows my motives. 

Exercise 93. 
People are looking at you. Does any one of you wish to go with 
me to the city? In which continent is Africa? Take some flowers 
to each of thy sisters. We shall often write letters to one another. 
My uncle is in Europe. (See § 7.) Our parents will go to America 
on the second of June, and they will return to Europe on the 22d 
of December. Whoever knows Mary, loves her. Somebody knocks 
at the door. Every one says so, (le.) Each one of these books. 



sing. 
que, plur. 



100 ELEMENTARY 

SECT. III. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS ALWAYS FOLLOWED BY QUE. 

5 79.-Whoever, whosoever, j W\ <? ue ce soit &• 

I qui que cefut qui. 

Whoever, before the verb to be, qui que 

Whomever, whomsoever, j qU \ 1 ue ce soit ? ue - 

( qui que cefut que. 

Whatever, quo i que . 

f-when placed before f7 ue ^ 9 ue y masc - sin S- 
Whoever, J the verb to be, and 1 quelle que, fem. sing 

whateve 4si:: s aoun i ** m — Plu , 

Lquelles que, fem. plur. 

( when followed by a \ cniel™,o 
Whatever, } noun, placed before I ? ^ 7 ? ' ' ' ^ 

( q Ue , ) quelques . . . qu< 

u $ Tu en } mmediate] y l quelque . . . que, 

However, < followed by an ad- > * ^ 

I jective or an adverb, * t0u * * •"" 9 ue - 

All the above pronouns except tout . . . que require the verb 
which follows them to be in the subjunctive mood. 

Examples. 
Whoever may speak to me. 
Qui que ce soit qui me jparle. 
Whoever would speak of it. 
Qui que ce fut qui en parlat. 
Whoever you may be. 
Qui que vous soyez. 
Whomsoever I may receive. 
Qui que ce soit que je regoive. 
Whatever you may say. 
Quoi que vous disiez. 
Whoever these men may be. 
Quels que soient ces hommes. 
Whatever talents he may have. 
Quelques talents qu'il ait. 
However great they may be. 
Quelque grands quHls soient, or 
Tout grands qu'ils sont. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 101 

Exercise 94. 

"Whoever may laugh. Whatever Lucy may send. Whomsoever 
I may see. Whoever these boys may be. Whatever friends they 
may have. However pretty she may be. Whoever would beat 
the dog. However large he may be. Whoever those women may 
be. Whomsoever you may know. Whatever lessons they may have. 
Whatever you may do. However rich his father may be. Whatever 
he may say, I will not believe him. Both shall go with me. Nei- 
ther is in the garden. Shall I call your mother or aunt? Call either. 
For what is she coming? They alone do what I wish. W 7 hat is 
the mind? 

Exercise 95. 

Whoever is guilty shall be punished. Have you nothing to say to 
me? In which continent is North America? Of whom is Lucy 
speaking? What is she giving to the old woman? With what are 
you writing? He is praised, he is blamed, he is punished, but what- 
ever they do, he is always lazy. Whatever advantages my sister 
may have had. However faithful their friends may have been. What- 
ever may be the evils of this life. Whoever asks for me, tell him 
that I am busy. He applies himself to nothing whatever. What is 
beauty ? A flower, that soon fades (se /due.) 

9* 



102 ELEMENTARY 

PARTICIPLES. 

Remark. — The most important rules for the French Participle are so 
necessary even to the beginner in translating from English into French, 
that it is thought best to insert them ? even in this elementary work. 
There are other rules for the participles, in addition to the ones here 
given, which the pupil will find in any French grammar. 

§ SO. — Rule 1st. The Past Participle, when not preceded by 
an auxiliary verb, agrees in gender and number with the noun 
or pronoun to which it refers ; as, The letter written by her, La 
lettre ecrite par elle. 

Rule 2d. The Past Participle, w T hen preceded by the auxiliary 
verb to be, agrees in gender and number with the noun or pro- 
noun which is the nominative of the verb ; as, They are followed, 
lis so7it suivis. 

Rule 3d. The Past Participle, when preceded by the auxiliary 
verb to have, agrees in gender and number with the direct 
object of the verb, when, and only when, the said object is, in 
the French sentence, placed before the verb ; as, The letters 
which 1 have written, Les lettres quefai ecrites. 

Rule 4th. The Past Participles of reflected verbs, which are 
conjugated with the auxiliary verb to be, follow Rule 3d ; as, 
They have repented, lis se sont repentis. 

Vocabulary. 



Build, 


bdtir. (4) 


Mistake, faute, f. 


Complain, 


se plaindre. (19) 


Show, verb, montrer. (3) 


Defend, 


defendre. (7) 


Subject, noun, sujet, m. 


Employ, 


occuper. (3) 


Thank, remercier. (3) 


Indulgent, 


indulgent 


Window, fenetre, f. 




Here is, here are, void. 




There is, there are, voila. 


N.B. Void, 


here is, — here are, — behold, aud voila, there is, — there 


are, — behold. 


are used in pointing 


out objects. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 103 

Exercise 96. 

A letter well written. A horse beaten by a man. The translation 
is well written. Those houses are very well built. My brother has 
written a letter. My sister has written a letter. My brothers have 
written a letter. There is the letter he has written. Do you wish 
to see the letter she has written? You can see the letter they have 
written. Her brother was punished. The boys will be punished. 
My sister is come at last, (enfin.*) She had employed herself. The 
boys have shown themselves very courageous. The men have de- 
fended themselves. 

Exercise 97. 

He has seen us. These letters are well written. My brother has 
made a mistake. Here is the mistake he has made. My sister has 
made a mistake. Here is the mistake she has made. Where is the letter 
I have given him? I have eaten a peach. The peach that you have 
eaten, and the strawberries that I have eaten. Has she given you 
any money ? Has your mother sold her house ? Which house has she 
sold? What gowns has she bought? She is loved by (de) -her sub- 
jects. Mary has repented of her fault. The girls found (comp. pres.) 
themselves sick. 

Exercise 98. 

The lesson which John has studied ten times. The lessons that 
William has studied. The lesson that my sisters have studied. Your 
father has shown himself very indulgent. My sisters have found 
themselves very happy. She has applied herself to her lessons. The 
little boys had employed themselves. Have you any of those oranges 
that you showed (comp. pres.} me the other day ? I have lost my 
watch. I have not found it. I have found a watch. It is not the 
one which I have lost. I have sent thee a letter. I have not re- 
ceived it. 

Exercise 99. 

My daughter has employed herself all the day, (journee). The 
boys have dressed themselves. Has John thanked my sisters ? He 
has thanked them. He has thanked her. She has thanked him. 
Edward has warmed himself. Lucy has washed herself. Let us 
dress ourselves. The children have warmed themselves. Have the 



104 ELEMENTARY 

girls warmed themselves ? Apply thyself to thy studies. Apply 
to your friends. This is good, but that is much better. My mother 
found herself {comp. pres.) better. 

Exercise 100. 

Has she washed her hands? She has washed them. 

Remark. — The pupil must bear in mind that in such sentences as 
the preceding, the reflected pronoun is the indirect object, and the 
noun or pronoun denoting the part of the body spoken of, is the 
direct object. The sentences given above are translated into French 
thus: 

S 7 est-elle lave les mains ? 
Literally, Has she washed the hands to herself? 
Elle se les est lavees. 

Literally, She has washed them to herself. 

* 

The Past Participle follows Rule 3d. 

William has warmed his feet. Did he burn them? Lucy has 
warmed her feet. Did she not burn her hand ? She has burned 
her fingers. You will burn your hair, if you sit so near the lamp. 
She has washed her face. He has washed his face. How many 
(combien de) gold pens have you? I have three. Each one of these 
pens is bad. Every body is busy. All the water has been drunk. 
There is no truth in that history. The histories that I have read. 
Have I returned to you all the books you have lent me ? 

Exercise 101. 

N.B. See page 81, and the verbs T Avoir and Falloir in the 

Appendix. 

I must sleep. Thou must read. He must walk. You must fol- 
low your sister. Mary must study her lesson. William must read 
the book twice. It will be necessary for us to give some money to 
the poor woman. I have given her some bread and beef. The 
queen must sell her jewels. There is her palace. There is a bird 
on that tree. There is no coffee. Is there any tea? We must 
punish the wicked boys. John must drink water. Is there any 
milk on the table? Here is some milk. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



105 



Exercise 102. 
N.B. See the Remarks on Devoir, pages 140 and 145. 
I owe three dollars to the baker. I am to call at his house this 
evening. We should pay promptly (promptemeni) what we owe. 
You ought to have paid him yesterday. It has been necessary to 
sell the horses and carriage. Children must sleep eight hours. 
Thou must write thy letter. Edward has dressed himself quickly. 
He must take his sister to school. The lamp which you have lighted. 
William must return to France (§ 7) to-morrow. Thou must employ 
thyself all the morning, (inatinee) 

Exercise 103. 
N.B. See the Remarks on To Be, page 145. 
How is thy mother? She is very well to-day. How old is that 
child? He is six years old. He will be seven the first of next 
month. He is sleepy and hungry. Each flower, each tree, has a 
lesson written on its leaves. I like this, but I do not like that. 
Why do you warm your hands? There is what you wish. There 
are several boys in the garden. Here are some raspberries. Mary 
must wash her gloves. Is there no sugar in the house? Are there 
no strawberries in the dish? Do not eat too many apples. I have 
eaten two. Those that I eat (comp. pres.) were ripe. Do you take 
tea or coffee? I take neither. Shall I give you plums or peaches? 
You may give me both. Are you afraid of this horse or of that 
one? 

Vocabulary. 



Dictionary, 


dictionnaire, m. 


Pay, 


payer. (3) 


England, 


Angleterre, f. 


Play, 


jouer. (3) 


France, 


Erance, f. 


Prevent, 


prevenir. (61) 


Help, verb, 


aider. (3) 


Rarely, 


rarement. 



Exert 



104. 



N.B. See the Remarks on Would, Might, Could, &c, on pages 140 

and 141. 

I would call at the bookseller's, if I could; but I am to be at the 
physician's at eleven o'clock. (hours) I will lend you my dictionary, 
that you may write your exercise this evening. You might do it in 



106 ELEMENTARY, ETC. 

half an hour, (une demi-heure) If I could have done it, I would 
not have asked (jprie) you to help me. You might have done it 
as well as I. I could not have done it so (si) soon. Mary is to 
come here soon. We are to go to my aunt's to-morrow. Was not 
Lucy to pay two dollars ? She ought not to have bought that hand- 
kerchief. She owes nothing. She is not to pay anything. 

Exercise 105. 
We must not be lazy. I must see that man. Thou must not go 
alone. He must come himself. Your brother must go with you. 
Stephen owed the bookseller five dollars, and he was to receive the 
value in books. Are thy sisters gone ? How are they ? Do they 
wish me to write to them? William would do it, I know, if you 
would tell him that it is for me. What will you have? May we study 
our lessons now, and play this evening? It is very fine weather. 
Is it not too cold? It is cold, but it is not too cold. Is not tha 
child cold? He is hungry, but he is not cold. 

Remark. — Adverbs are generally placed, in French, imme- 
diately after the verb. When the verb is used in a compound 
tense, the adverb is placed between the auxiliary and the par- 
ticiple ; as, 

They write their letters badly, lis ecrivent mal leurs lettres. 

They have written badly, lis out mal ecrit. 

Exercise 106. 

Mary writes her exercises well. Do we not always say the truth? 
We often call at my cousin's. I never drink wine. Have we not 
dressed ourselves quickly? My niece has blamed herself too- much. 
Were we to pay a dollar? I will not receive a cent from you. I 
often see your brother. He would eat the pine-apple ; I could not 
prevent him. May I read with you the history of England and that 
of France? He rarely goes to your uncle's. Would he have gone 
home without me? How is the weather? It is warm, and it will 
be warmer to-morrow. Are you not warm ? I am warm and thirsty. 

N.B. At the end of the Appendix will be found a few pages of 
English, which the pupil will be able to translate into French easily, 
with the help of a French dictionary. 



APPENDIX. 



CONJUGATION OF FRENCH VERBS. 

There are four conjugations or classes of verbs. 

Verbs of the first conjugation have the infinitive mood, pre- 
sent tense, ending in ER. 

Verbs of the second conjugation have the infinitive mood, 
present tense, ending in IR. 

Verbs of the third conjugation have the infinitive mood, 
present tense, ending in OIR. 

Verbs of the fourt h conjugation have the infinitive mood, 
present tense, ending in RE. 

The primitive tenses of verbs are those from which the 
others are formed ; they are five in number, and are, 

The present of the infinitive mood, 

The present participle, 

The past participle, » 

The present of the indicative mood, 

And the preterite of the indicative mood. 
(10?) 



108 



ELEMENTARY 



avoir 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB 

AVOIR, TO HAVE. 



INFINITIVE. 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
PRESENT. 

to have 



COMPOUND TENSES. 
PAST. 



PARTICIPLES. 



PRESENT. 

ayant having 

PAST. 

eu, m. eue,f. had 



ayant eu 



to have had 



having had 



PRESENT. 




j' ai 


/ have 


j'ai eu 


tu as 


thou hast 


tu as eu 


ila 


he has 


il a eu 


elle a 


she has 


elle a eu 


nous avons 


we have 


nous avons eu 


vous avez 


you have 


vous avez eu 


ils ont 


they m. have 


ils ont eu 


elles ont 


they f. have 


elles ont eu 



INDICATIVE. 

PRETERIT INDEFINITE, OV COMPOUND OF THE 
PRESENT. 

I have had 
thou hast had 
he has had 
she has had 
we have had 
you have had 
they have had 
they have had 



IMPERFECT. 



j avais 
tu avais 
il or elle avait 
nous avions 
vous aviez 
ils or elles ) 
avaient S 



I had 
thou hadst 
he or she had 
ice had 
you had 

they had 



PLUPERFECT, OV COMPOUND OF THE 
IMPERFECT. 



j avais eu 

tu avais eu 

il or elle avait eu 

nous avions eu 

vous aviez eu 

ils or elles avaient eu 



I had had 
thou hadst had 
he or she had had 
we had had 
you had had 
they had had 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 



j &U9 

tu eus 

il or elle eut 
nous eumes 
vous eutes 
ils or elles 
eurent 



I had 
thou hadst 
he had 
we had 
you had 
they had 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR, Or COMPOUND 
OF THE PRETERIT. 

1 had had 



j eus eu 
tu eus eu 
il or elle eut eu 
nous eumes eu 
vous eutes eu 
ils or elles 
eurent eu 



thou hadst had 
he or she had had 
we had had 
you had had 
they had had 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



109 



COMPOUND OP THE FUTURE, OT 



FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 


FUTURE ANTERIOR. 


j'aurai 


I shall 


j'aurai eu 


/ shall have 




have 




had 


tu auras 


thou wilt 


tu auras eu 


thou wilt have 




have 




had 


il or elle aura he or she 


il or elle aura eu 


he or she will 




will have 




have had 


nous aurons toe shall 


nous aurons eu 


we shall have 




have 




had 


vous aurez 


you will 


vous aurez eu 


you will have 




have 




had 


ils or elles 


they will 


ils or elles 


they will have 


auront 


have 


auront eu 


had 




CONDITIONAL. 








PAST, Or COMPOUND OF THE CONDI- 


PRESENT. 


TIONAL. 


j'aurais 


I should 
have 


j'aurais eu 


I should have had 


tu aurais 


thou shouldst 
have 


tu aurais eu 


thou shouldst have had 


il or elle 


he or she 


il or elle aurait 


he or she should 


aurait 


should have 


eu 


have had 


nous aurions we should 


nous aurions eu 


ive should have had 




have 






vous auriez 


you should 
have 


vouz auriez eu 


you should have had 


ils or elles 


they should 


ils or elles aurai- 


they should have had 


auraient 


have 


ent eu 
IMPERATIVE. 






Aie 


Have [thou) 




ayons 


let us have 




ayez 


have (ye or you) 




i 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 




PRESENT OR FUTURE. 


PRETERIT, Or COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 


que j'aie 


That I may 


que j'aie eu 


That I may have 




have 




had 


que tu aies 


that thou 


que tu aies eu 


that thou mayst have 




mayst have 




had 


qu'il or qu'- 


that he may 


qu'il or qu'elle ait 


that he or she may 


elle ait 


have 


eu 


have had 


que nous 


that we may 


que nous ayons eu 


that we may have 


ayons 


have 




had 


que vous 


that you may 


que vous ayez eu 


that you may have 


ayez 


have 




had 


qu'ils or qu' 


that they may 


qu'ils or qu'elles 


that they may have 


elles aient 


have 


aient eu 


had 



10 



110 



ELEMENTARY 



IMPERFECT. 



PLUPERFECT, Of COMPOUND OF THE 
IMPERFECT. 



que j eusse 
que tu eusses 

qu'il or qu'elle 

eut 
que nous eus- 

sions 
que vous eus- 

siez 
qu'ils or qu'- 

eileseussent 



That I might 

have 
that thou 

mightst have 
that he or she 

might have 
that we might 

have 
that you might 

have 
that they might 

have 



que j eusse eu 
que tu eusses eu 

qu'il or qu'elle 

eut eu 
que nous eus- 

sions eu 
que vous eus- 

siez eu 
qu'ils or qu'elles 

eussent eu 



That I might have 

had 
that thou mightst 

have had 
that he or she might 

have had 
that we might have 

had 
that you might have 

had 
that they might 

have had 



AVOIR, TO HAVE, 

CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY. 

N. B. The first persons only of the tenses are given ; the pupil will 
learn the others from the preceding verb, which has been conjugated in 
full. 



Infinitive Present, 

Comp. Inf. Pres., 
Present Participle, 
Comp. Pres. Part., 
Indicative Present, 
Comp. Indie. Pres., 
Indie. Imperfect, 
Comp. Indie. Imp., 
Indie. Preterite, 
Comp. Indie. Pret., 
Indie. Future, 
Comp. Indie. Fut., 
Conditional Pres., 
" Past, 

Imperative, 

Subjunctive Present, 
Comp. Subj. Pres., 
Subjunctive Imperfect, 
Comp. Subj. Imp., 



N'avoir pas, or 
Ne pas avoir, 
N'avoir pas eu, 
N'ayant pas, 
N'ayant pas eu, 
Je n'ai pas, 
Je n'ai pas eu, 
Je n'avais pas, 
Je n'avais pas eu, 
Je n'eus pas, 
Je n'eus pas eu, 
Je n'aurai pas, 
Je n'aurai pas eu, 
Je n'aurais pas, 
Je n'aurais pas eu, 

N'aie pas, 

N'ayons pas, 

N'ayez pas, 
Que je n'aie pas, 



J not to have. 

not to have had. 

not having. 

not having' had. 

I have not. 

I have not had. 

I had not. 

I had not had. 

I had not. 

I had not had. 

I shall not have. 

I shall not have had. 

I should not have. 

I should not have had. 

do thou not have. 

let us not have. 

have not {you.) 



That I may not have. 
Que je n'aie pas eu, That I may not have had. 
Que je n'eusse pas, That I might not have. 
Que je n'eusse pas That I might not have 
eu, had. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



Ill 



AVOIR, TO HAVE, 

CONJUGATED INTERROGATIVELY. 

N. B. As a question can not be asked in the Infinitive, Imperative, or 
Subjunctive mood, an interrogative verb does not possess those moods. 

INDICATIVE. 



Ai-je! 
; As-tu ? 

A-t-il ] 

A-t-elle ! 

Avons-nous? 

Avez-vous ? 
pnt-ils] 

Ont-elles 1 



PRESENT. 

have I? 
hast thou ? 
has he? 
has she ? 
have we ? 
have you ? 



COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 



have they i 



Ai-je eu ? 
As-tu eu 1 
A-t-il eu ] 
A-t-e]le eu 1 
Avons-nous eu 1 
Avez-vous eu ? 
Ont-ils eu 1 
Ont-elles eu] 



Imperfect, 
{ Comp. Imp., 

Preterit, 

Comp. Pret., 

Future, 

Comp. Future, 
1 Conditional Pres. % 

Cond. Past, 



Avais-je 1 
Avais-je eu 1 
Eus-je ] 
Eus-je eu 1 
Aurai-je 1 
Aurai-je eu ? 
Aurais-je 1 
Aurais-je eu ? 



have I had ? 
hast thou had! 
has he had ? 
has she had ? 
have we had ? 
have you had ? 

have they had? 



had I? 
had I had ? 
had I? 
had I had ? 
shall I have ? 
shall I have had ? 
should I have ? 
should I have had ? 



AVOIR, 
CONJUGATED INTERROGATIVELY AND 



Present, 
Comp. Present, 
Imperfect, 
Comp. Imperf 
Preterit, 
Comp. Pret., 
Future, 
Comp. Future, 
Conditional Pres., 
Cond. Past., 



N'ai-je pas ? 
N'ai-je pas eu ? 
N'avais-je pas ? 
N'avais-je pas eu 1 
N'eus-je pas ! 
N'eus-je pas eu 1 
N'aurai-je pas? 
N'aurai-je pas eu ? 
N'aurais-je pas 1 
N'aurais-je pas eu? 



NEGATIVELY. 
have I not ? 
have I not had ? 
had I not ? 
had I not had ? 
had I not ? 
had I not had ? 
shall I not have ? 
shall I not have had? 
should I not have ? 
should I not have 
had? 



112 



ELEMENTARY 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB 
ETRE, TO BE. 







INFINITIVE, 




SIMPLE TENSES. 




COMPOUND TENSES. 


Etre, 


PRESENT. 


to be. 


PAST. 

Avoir ete, to have been. 






PARTICIPLES. 


Etant, 
Ete, 


PRESENT. 
PAST. 


COMPOUND. 

being, > 

> Ay ant ete, having been, 
been- 3 

INDICATIVE. 



FRESENT. 



Je suis, 
Tues, 
II est, 

Nous sornmes, 
Vous etes, 
lis sont, 



I am. 

thou art. 

he is. 

we are. 
you are. 
they are. 



PRETERITE INDEFINITE, OT COMPOUND 
OF THE PRESENT. 

I'have been. 

thou hast been. 

he has been. 



J'ai ete, 
Tu as ete, 
II a ete, 

Nous avons ete, 
Vous avez ete, 
Us ont ete, 



we have been, 
you have been, 
they have been. 



IMPERFECT, 



J'etais, 
Tu etais, 
II etait, 

Nous etions, 
Vous etiez, 
lis etaient, 



I was. 

thou wast. 

he was. 



you were, 
they were. 



PLUPERFECT OT COMPOUND OF THE 
IMPERFECT. 



J'avais ete, 
Tu avais ete, 
II avait ete, 

Nous avions ete, 
Vous aviez ete, 
lis avaient ete, 



I had been- 

thou hadst been. 

he had been. 

we had been, 
you had been, 
they had hen. 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

Je fus, I was. 

Tu fus, thou wast. 

II fut, he was. 



Nous fumes, 
Vous futes, 
lis furent, 



we were, 
you were 
they were. 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR, Or COMPOUND OF 
THE PRETERIT. 



J'eus ete, 
Tu eus ete, 
II eut ete, 

Nous eumes ete, 
Vous eutes ete, 
lis eurent ete, 



I had been. 

thou hadzt been. 

he had been. 

we had been, 
you had been, 
they had been. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



113 



FUTURE ABSOLUTE. , 

Je serai, I shall be. 

Tu seras, thou wilt be. 

II sera, he will be. 

Nous serons, we shall be. 

Vous serez, you will be. 

lis seront, they will be. 



COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE, Or 
FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

J'aurai ete, I shall have been. 

Tu auras ete, thou wilt have been. 
II aura ete, he will have been. 

Nous aurons ete, we shall have been. 
Vous aurez ete, you will have been. 
lis auront ete, they will have been. 



CONDITIONAL. 



Je serais, 
Tu serais, 

II serait, 
Nous serions, 

Vous seriez, 

lis seraient, 



I should be. 
thou shouldst be. 

he should be. 
we should be. 

you should be. 

they should be. 



PAST, Or COMPOUND OF THE CONDI- 
TIONAL. 

J'aurais ete, I should have been. 

Tu aurais ete, thou shouldst have 

been. 
II aurait ete, he should have been. 

Nous aurions ete, ice should have 

been. 



Vous auriez ete, 
lis auraient ete, 



you should have 

been, 
they should have 
been. 



IMPERATIVE. 

Sois, Be (thou). 

Soyons, Let us be. 

Soyez, Be (ye or you.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRESENT Or FUTURE. PRETERIT, OV COMPOUND OF THE 

PRESENT. 

Que je sois, that I may be. Que j'aie ete, that I may have 

been. 
Que tu aies ete, that thou mayst 

have been. 
Qu'il ait ete, that he may have been. 

Que nous ayons ete, that we may 
have been. 

Que vous ayez ete, that you may 
have been. 

Qu'ils aient ete, that they may have 

been. 



Que tu sois, that thou mayst be. 

Qu'il soit, that he may be. 

Que nous soyons, that we may be. 

Que vous soyez, that you may be. 

Qu'ils soient, that they may be. 



114 



ELEMENTARY 



IMPERFECT. 

Que je fusse, that I might be. 

Que tu fusses, that thou might st be. 
Qu'il fut, that he might be. 

Que nous fussions, that we might be. 
Que vous fussiez, that you might be. 
Qu'ils fussent, that they might be. 



PLUPERFECT, Or COMPOUND OF THE 
IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse ete, that I might have 

been. 
Que tu eusses ete, that thou mightst 

have been. 
Qu'il eut ete, that he might have 

been. 

Que nous eussions ete, that we might 
have bem. 

Que vous eussiez ete, that you might 
have been. 

Qu'ils eussent ete, that they might 
have been. 



ETRE, TO BE, 

CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY. 

INFINITIVE. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

Ne pas etre ? not to be. | N'avoir pas ete, not te have been. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. COMPOUND. 

N'etant pas, not being. | N'ayant pas ete, not having been. 



PRESENT. 

Je ne suis pas, I am not. 

Tu n'es pas, thou art not, 

II n'est pas, he is not 

Nous ne sommes pas, ive are not. 



INDICATIVE. 

PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 

Je n'ai pas ete, I have not been, 



Vous n'etes pas, 

lis ne sont pas, 
Imperfect^ 
Comp. Imp., 
Preterit, 
Comp. Pret., 
Future, 

Comp. Future, 
Conditional Pres., 
Cond. Past, 



you are noU 

they are not. 
Je n'etais pas, 
Je n'avais pas ete, 
Je ne fus pas, 
Je n'eus pas ete, 
Je ne serai pas, 
Je n'aurai pas ete, 
Je ne serais pas, 
Je n'aurais pas ete, 



Tu n'as pas ete, thou hast not been, 
II n'a pas ete, he has not been. 

Nous n'avons pas ete, we have not 

been. 
Vous n'avez pas ete, you have not 

been. 
lis n'ont pas ete, they have not been, 

I was not. 
I had not been. 
I was not. 
I had not been. 
I shall not be. 
I shall not have bee?* 
I should not be. 
I should not have 
been. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



115 



Imperative, 

Subjunctive Pres., 
Comp. Subj. Present, 
Subjun dive Imperfect, 
Comp, Subj, Imp,, 



Ne sois pas, be thou not, 

Ne soy on s pas, let us not be. 

Ne soyez pas, be ye not. 

Que je ne sois pas, that I may not be. 
Que je n'aie pas ete, that I may not have been. 

Que je ne fusse pas, that I might not be. 

Que je n'eusse pas that I might not have 
ete, been, 

ETRE, TO BE, 

CONJUGATED INTERROGATIVELY. 

INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT. 




COMPOUND OF THE PRESENT. 


Suis-je ] 


am I? 


Ai-je ete 7 


have I been ? 


Es-tu 1 


art thou ? 


As-tu ete 1 


hast thou been ? 


Est-il ? 


is he ? 


A-t-il ete? 


has he been ? 


Est-elle? 


is she ? 


A-t-elle ete 1 


has she been ? 


Sommes-nous'? 


are we ? 


Avons-nous e 


te 1 have we been ? 


Etes-vous ? 


are you ? 


Avez-vous ete 1 have you been ? 


Sont-ils 7 ) 




Ont-ils ete ? 


} 

I have they been? 


Sont-elles ! ) 


are they ? 


Ont-elles ete 


Imperfect, 


Etais-je ? 


was I ? 


Comp. Imp., 


Avais-je ete ? 


had I been ? 


Preterit, 


Fus-je ! 


was I? 


Comp. Pret., 


Eus-je ete ? 


had I been ? 


Future, 


Serai-je ? 


shall I be ? 


Comp. Future, 


Aurai-je ete 1 


shall I have been ? 


Conditional Pres., 


Serais-je 1 


should I be? 


Concl. Past., 


Aurais-je ete ? 

ETRE, TO BE, 


should I have been ? 


CONJUGATED 


INTERROGATIVELY AND 


NEGATIVELY. 


Present, 


Ne suis-je pas'? 


am I not ? 


Comp. Present, 


N'ai-je pas ete 1 


have I not been ? 


Imperfect, 


N'etais-je pas 7 


was I not ? 


Comp. Imp erf. 


N'avais-je pas ete, 


had I not been ? 


Preterit, 


Ne fus-je pas 1 


was I not ? 


Comp. Pret., 


N'eus-je pas ete ? 


had I not been? 


Future, 


Ne serai-je pas ? 


shall I not be ? 


Comp. Future, 


N'aurai-je pas ete 7 


shall I not have been ? 


Conditional Pres., 


Ne serais-je pas 1 


should I not be ? 


Concl. Past., 


N'aurais- t 


e pas ete ! 


should I not have been ? 



116 



ELEMENTARY 



N. B. Before learning the following Verbs, let the pupil study the 
remarks on the Comparison between the Tenses of English verbs and the 
Tenses of French Verbs, pages 135, 130, &c. 

FIRST CONJUGATION IN ER. 
PORTER. 



Porter, 

Portant, 
Porte, 



SIMPLE TENSES. 
PRESENT. 



TRESENT. 
PAST. 



INFINITIVE. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



to carry, 

PARTICIPLES. 

carrying. 



Avoir porte, to have carried. 



carried. 



1 



COMPOUND. 

Ay ant porte, having carried. 



INDICATIVE. 



Je porte, 
Tu portes, 
II porte, 

Nous portons, 
Vouz portez, 
lis portent, 



I carry. 

thou earnest. 

he carries. 

we carry. 
you carry, 
they carry. 



PRETERIT INDEFINITE, OT COMPOUND 
OF THE PRESENT. 



J'ai porte, 
Tu as porte, 
II a porte, 



I have carried. 

thou hast carried. 

he has carried. 



Nous avons porte, we have carried. 
Vous avez porte, you have carried. 
lis ont porte, they have carried. 



Je porta is, 
Tu port a is, 
II portait, 



IMPERFECT. 

I was carrying. 

thou wast carrying. 

he was carrying. 



Nous portions, 
Vous portiez, 
lis portaient, 



we were carrying, 
you were carrying, 
they were carrying. 



PLUPERFECT, Or COMPOUND OF THE 
IMPERFECT. 

J'avais porte, I had carried. 

Tu avais porte, thou hadst carried. 
II avait porte, he had carried, 

Nous avions porte, ive had carried. 
Vous aviez porte, you had carried, 
lis avaient porte, they had earned. 



PRETERIT 

Je portai, 
Tu portas, 
11 porta, 

Nous port Ames, 
Vous portates. 
lis porterent, 



DEFINITE. 

I carried. 

thou carriedst. 

he carried, 

we carried, 
you carried, 
they carried. 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR, Of COMPOUND OF 
THE PRETERIT. 

J'eus porte, I had carried. 

Tu eus porte, thou hadst carried, 
II eut porte, he had carried. 

Nous eiunes porte, ive had earned. 
Vous eutes porte, you had carried. 
lis eurent porte, they had earned. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



117 



FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 



Je porterai, 
Tu porteras, 
II portera, 

Nous porterons, 
Vous porterez, 
Us porteront, 



I shall carry. 

thou wilt carry. 

he will carry. 

we shall carry, 
you will carry, 
they will carry. 



COMPOUND OF THE FUTURE Or 
FUTURE ANTERIOR. 

J'aurai porte, I shall "} 

Tu auras porte, thou wilt I 

II aura porte, he will ! 



Nous aurons porte, 
Vous aurez porte, 
lis auront porte, 



we shall 
you will 
they will ^ 



> 



CONDITIONAL. 



PRESENT. 

Je portera is, I should carry. 

Tu porterais, thou shouldst carry. 
II porterait, he should carry. 

Nous porterions, we should carry. 
Vous porteriez, you should carry. 
Us porteraient, they should carry. 



PAST, Or COMPOUND OF THE CONDI- 
TIONAL. 

J'aurais porte, I should ^\ 

Tu aurais porte, thou shouldst I 
II aurait porte, he should ! 

Nous aurions porte, we should I 
Vous auriez porte, you should j 
lis auraient porte, they should J 



IMPERATIVE. 
Porte, carry (thou.) 

Portons, let us carry. 

Portez, carry (ye.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

PRETERIT, Or COMPOUND OF THE 
PRESENT Or FUTURE. PRESENT. 

Que je porte, that Imay carry. 

Que tu portes, that thou may si carry. 



Qu'il porte, that he may carry. 

Que nous portions, that we may carry. 

Que vous portiez, that you may carry. 

Qu'ils portent, that they may carry. 



Que j'aie porte, that Imay 
Que tu aies porte, that thou 

mayst 
Qu'il ait porte, that he may 

Que nous ayons porte, that we f § 
may 

Que vous ayez porte, that you 
may 

Qu'ils aient porte, that they may j' 



IMPERFECT, 

Que je portasse, 
Que tu portasses, 
Qu'il portat, 

Que nous portassions, that we 
Que vous portassiez, 
Qu'ils portassent, 



that 71 

that thou I 

that he \ 



I a 

that you \ ^ 
that they J .• 



plupf:?ifect, or compound of the 

IMPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse porte, that 1 1 3 

Que tu eusses porte, that thou I <| 
Qu'il eut porte, that he j E 

Que nous eussions porte, that we [g 
Que vous eussiez porte, that you i J 
Qu'ils eussent porte, that they J *** 



118 ELEMENTARY 

REMARKS ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OF SOME FRENCH 
VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 

1. In verbs ending in ger, the e is retained before a and o, in 
order to preserve the soft sound of the g. See manger, verb 66 
of the model verbs, mangeant^ mangeons. 

2. The verbs which end in cer, take a cedilla before a and o, 
in order to preserve the soft sound of the c. See avancer, verb 
67, avangant, avangons. 

3. Those verbs ending in er which have their final syllable pre- 
ceded by e, (e close,) change this e into e (e open) before a mute 
syllable. See celer, verb 68, cele, celerai. 

4. Those verbs ending in er which have their final syllable 
preceded by e, (e mute,) as lever, mener, change this e mute 
into e (e open) before a mute syllable. See mener, verb 69, 
mine.. 

5. In verbs ending in eler, (the e before the I being unaccented, 
as appeler,) the I is doubled before a mute e. See appeler, verb 
70, appette. 

6. In verbs ending in eter, (the e before the t being unaccented, 
as jeter,) the t is doubled before a mute e. See jeter, verb 71,jette. 
Except acheter. 

7. Verbs ending in the present participle by iant, as prier, the 
present participle of which is priant, take double i in the first and 
second persons plural of the imperfect of the indicative, and 
present of the subjunctive ; as, nous priions, vous priiez, que nous 
priions, que vous priiez. 

8. Verbs ending in the present participle by yant, as payer, 
the present participle of which is payant, take y and i in the first 
and second persons plural of the imperfect of the indicative, and 
the present of the subjunctive ; as, nous payions, vous payiez, que 
nous payions, que vous payiez. 

Also, these verbs change y into i before e mute. See essay er, 
verb 72, essaie. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



119 



SECOND CONJUGATION IN IR. 
FINIR. 



PRESENT. 



Finissant, 



Je finis, 
Tu finis, 
II finit, 

Nous finissons, 
Vous finissez, 
Us finissent, 



INFINITIVE. 

Finir, 

PARTICIPLES, 

finishing- | Fini, 
INDICATIVE. 



I finish. 

thou Jims hest. 

he finishes. 

ice finish, 
you finish, 
they finish. 



Je finissais, 
Tu finissais, 
II nnissait, 

Nous finissions, 
Vous finissiez, 
Us finissaient, 



to finish 



finished. 

IMPERFECT. 

I was finishing. 

thou wast finishing. 

he was finishing: 

ice were fin ish in &. 
you iv ere finishh ig. 
they were finishing. 



PRETERIT. 



FUTURE. 



Je finis, 
Tu finis, 
II fink, 

Nous finimes, 
Vous finites 
lis finirent, 



I finished. 

thou finis hedst. 

he finished. 

we finished. 

you finished. 

they finished. 



CONDITIONAL. 



Je finirais, 
Tu finirais, 
II finirait, 

Nous finirions, 
Vous finiriez, 
lis finiraient, 



I should finish 

thou shouldst finish. 

he should finish. 

we should finish, 
yfiu should finish, 
they should finish. 



Je finirai, 
Tu finiras, 
II finira, 

Nous finirons, 
Vous finirez, 
lis finiront, 



I shall finish. 

thou wilt finish. 

he will finish. 

we shall finish, 
you will finish, 
they will finish. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Finis, 

Finissons, 
Finissez, 



finish [thou.) 

let us finish, 
finish (ye.) 



PRESENT. 

Que je finisse, that I may 

Que tu finisses, that thou mayst 
Qu'il finisse, that he may 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

IMPERFECT 

Que je finisse, 
Que tu finisses, 
Qu'il finit, 



Que nous finissions, that we may 
Que vous finissiez, that you may j 
Qu'ils finissent, that they may J 



I 



that 1 1 , 

that thou j ,g 

that he ' 



Que nous finissions, 
Que vous finissiez, 
Qu'ils finissent, 



thot we 
thai you \ 
thai they J 



^ 



N. B. The Compound Tenses of the verb F ; nir, as well as of 
the two following verbs, are formed like those of the verb For'cr. 



120 



ELEMENTARY 



THIRD CONJUGATION IN OIR. 
RECEVOIR. 



PRESENT. 



INFINITIVE. 
Recevoir, 



to receive. 



PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

Recevant, receiving. | Recu, received. 



INDICATIVE. 



Je recois, 
Tu recois, 
II recoit, 

Nous recevons, 
Vous recevez, 
lis recoivent, 



/ receive- 

thou receivest- 

he receives. 

ice receive. 
you receive. 
they receive. 



IMPERFECT. 

Je recevais, 1 was receiving. 

Tu recevais, thou wast receiving. 
II recevait, he was receiving. 



Nous recevions, 
Vous receviez, 
lis recevaient, 



we were receiving. 
you were receiving. 
they were receiving. 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 



Je recus, 
Tu recus, 
II reeut, 

Nous recuines, 
Vous recutes, 
lis recurent, 



I received. 

thou receivedst. 

he received. 

we received. 

you received. 

they received. 



CONDITIONAL. 

Je recevrais, / should receive. 

Tu recevrais, thou shouldst receive. 
II recevrait, he should receive. 

Nous recevrions, we should receive. 
Vous recevriez, you should receive* 
lis recevraient, they should receive. 



Je recevrai, 
Tu recevras, 
II recevra, 

Nous recevrons, 
Vous recevrez, 
lis recevront, 



I shall receive. 

thou wilt receive. 

he will receive, 

we shall receive, 
you will receive. 
they will receive. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Recois, 



Recevons, 
Recevez, 



receive (thou-) 

let us receive, 
receive (ye.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je recoive, that 1 may "] 



Que tu recoives, that thou mayst 
Qu'il recoive, that he may 

Que nous recevions, that we may ■ 
Que vous receviez, that you may | 
Qu'ils recoivent, that they may J 



Que je recusse, 
Que tu recusses, 
Qu'il recut, 



that F 
that thou 
that he 



Que nous recussions, that we 
Que vous regussiez, that you 
Qu'ils recussent, that they ^ 



CK5 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



121 



FOURTH CONJUGATION IN RE. 
RENDRE. 



I 

PRESENT. 



INFINITIVE. 
Rendre, 



to render. 



PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

Rendant, rendering. I Rendu, rendered. 



INDICATIVE. 



Je rends, 
Tu rends, 
II rend, 

Nous rendons, 
Vous rendez, 
lis rendent, 



I render. 

thou render est. 

he renders. 

we render, 
you render. 
they render. 



Je rendais, 
Tu rendais, 
II rendait, 



IMPERFECT. 

1 was rendering'. 

thou wast rendering. 

he was render insr. 



Nous rendions, 
Vous rendiez, 
lis rendaient, 



we were rendering, 
you were rendering, 
they were rendering. 



Je rendis, 
Tu rendts, 
II rendit, 

Nous rendimes, 
Vous rendites, 
lis rendirent, 



I rendered. 

thou renderedst. 

he rendered. 

we rendered, 
you rendered, 
they rendered. 



Je rendrai, 
Tu rendras, 
11 rendra, 

Nous rendrons, 
Vous rendrez, 
lis rendront, 



I shall render. 

thou wilt render. 

he will render. 

we shall render, 
you will render, 
they will render. 



CONDITIONAL. 

Je rendrais, I should render. 

Tu rendrais, thou shouldst render. 
II rendrait, he should render. 

Nous rendrions, ive should render. 
Vous rendriez, you should render. 
lis rendraient, they should render. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Rends, 



Rendons, 
Rendez, 



render (thou.) 

let us render, 
render (ye.) 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Que je rende, that I may ' 

Que tu rendes, that thou mayst 
Qu'il rende, that he may 



Que nous rendions, that we may . 
Que vous rendiez, that you may 
Qu'ils rendent, that they may J 



H- 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je rendisse, 
Que tu rendisses, 
Qu'il rendit, 

Que nous rendissions, 
Que vous rendissiez, 
Qu'ils rendissent, 
11 



that I'] 3 

that thou | d§- 

that he | g* 

that we j g 
that you j §- 
that they J ^ 



122 



ELEMENTARY 



CONJUGATION OF THE REFLECTED VERB 
SE PROMENER. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 
present. Se promener. 



Se promenant, 

Je me promene, 
Tu te promenes, 
II se promene, 

Nous nous promenons, 
Vous vous promenez, 
lis se promenent, 

Je me promenais, 

Je me prom en af, 

Je me promenerai, 

Je me promenerais, 

Promene-toi, 

Promenons-nous, 

Promenez-vous, 

Que je me promene, 



PARTICIPLES. 



walking. \ Promene, 



to walk 



walked. 



-* 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

I walk, do walk, or am walking 
thou walkest, <5fC, 
/ he walks, <%c. 

we walk, <5fc. 
you walk, dfc. 
they walk, <5fC. 

IMPERFECT. 

Z was walking, or walked. 
PRETERIT. 

I walked^ or did walk, 
FUTURE. 

/ shall or will ivalk 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

I should or would walk. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

walk (thou.) 
let us walk, 
walk (ye or you*) 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

that I may walk. 

IMPERFECT. 



Que je me promenasse, 



that I might walk. 



N. B. The pupil can learn the other persons of the preceding tenses, 
by referring to the verb Porter. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



123 



COMPOUND TENSES OF THE REFLECTED VERB 
SE PROMENER. 



Comp. Infin. Pres., S'etre promene, 

" Pres. Part, S'etant promene, 

" Indie. Pres., Je me suis promene, 

" u Imp., Je m'etais promene, 

M " Pret., Je me fus promene, 

" " Fut., Je me serai promene, 

" Cond. Pres., Je me serais promene, 

" Sahj. Pies.. Que je me sois promene, that I may have walked. 

u a J m p m9 Q U e je me fusse promene, that I might have walked. 



to have walked. 

having walked. 

I have walked. 

I had walked. 

I had walked. 

I shall have walked. 

I should have walked. 



CONJUGATION OF THE REFLECTED VERB 
S'EN ALLER. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 
present. S'en aller, to go away. 

PARTICIPLES. 

TRESENT. PAST. 

S'en allant, going away. | En alle, gone away. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

I go away, do go away, or am going away, 

thou go est away, dost go away, or art " 

he goes away, does go away, or is " 

Nous nous en allons, we go away, do go away, or are «" 

you go away, do go away, or are " 

they go aivay, do go away, or are " 



Je m'en vais, 
Tu t/en vas, 
II s'en vas. 



Vous vous en allez, 
lis s'en vont, 



IMPERFECT. 

Je m'en allais, I went auay, did go away, or was going away. 

Tu t'en allais, thouwentest away, didst go away, or wast " 

II s'en allait, he went away, did go away, or was going away. 

Nous nous en all ions, we went away, did go aivay, or icere going away. 
Vous vous en alliez, you went away, did go away, or were going away. 
lis s'en allaient, they went away, did go away, or were going away. 



124 



ELEMENTARY 



PRETERIT. 

Je m'en allai, I went away or did go away, 

Tu t'en alias, thou went est away or didst go away. 

II s'en alia, he went away or did go away. 

Nous nous en allames, we went away or did go away. 
Vous vous en allates, you went aivay or did go away. 
lis s'en allerent, they went away or did go away. 



Je m'en irai, 
Tu t'en iras, 
II s'en ira, 

Nous nous en irons, 
Vous vous en irez, 
lis s'en iront, 



Je m'en irais, 
Tu t'en irais, 
II s'en irait, 

Nous nous en irions, 
Vous vous en iriez, 
lis s'en iraient, 



Va-t'en, 

Allons-nous-en, 

Allez-vous-en, 



FUTURE. 
/ shall or will go away, 
thou shalt or wilt go aivay. 
he shall or will go away. 

we shall or will go away, 
you shall or will go away, 
they shall or will go away. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

PRESENT. 
I should, would, could, or might go away, 
thou shouldst, wouldst, couldst, or mightst go away, 
he should, would, could or might go away. 

we should, would, could, or might go away, 
you should, would, could, or might go away, 
they should, would, could, or might go away. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
go (thou) away, 
let us go away, 
go (you) away. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

that I may go away, 
that thou mayst go away, 
that he may go away. 

Que nous nous en all \ox\s,that we may go aivay. 
Que vous vous en alliez, that you may go aivay. 
Qu'ils s'en aillent, that they may go away. 



Que je m'en aille, 
Que tu t'en ailles, 
Qu'il s'en aille, 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



125 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je m'en allasse, 
Que tu t'en allasses, 
Qu'il s'en allat, 

Que nous nous en allassions, 
Que vous vous en allassiez, 
Qu'ils s'en allassent, 



that I might go away, 
that thou mightst go away, 
that he might go away, 

that we might go away, 
that you might go away, 
that they might go away. 



COMPOUND TENSES OF 

S'EN ALLER. 



Comp. Inf. Pres., S'en etre alle, 
Comp. Pres. Part. S'en etant alle, 

Comp. Indie. Pres., Je m'en suis alle, 
" Imp., Je m'en etais alle, 

" Pret., Je m'en fus alle, 

" Fut., Je m'en serai alle, 

Comp. Cond. Pres., Je m'en serais alle, 



to have gone away, 
having gone away. 

I have gone away. 

I had gone aivay. 

I had gone away. 

I shall have gone away. 

I should have gone away. 



Suhj. Pres., Que je m'en sois alle, That I may have gone away. 
Imp., Que je m*en fusse alle, That I might have gone away. 



CONJUGATION OF THE REFLECTED VERB 
S'ASSEOIR. 



PRESENT. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

S'asseoir, 



to sit down. 



PARTICIPLES. 

PRESENT. 

S'assevant, sitting down. | Assis, 



sat down. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 



Je m'assieds, 
Tu t'assieds, 
II s'assied, 

Nous nous asseyons, 
Vous vous asseyez, 
lis s'asseient, 



I sit down, or am sitting, 
thou sittest down, 
he sits dozen. 

ice sit dozen, 
you sit dozen. 
they sit down. 



11* 



126 



ELEMENTARY 



Je m'asseyais, 
Tu t'asseyais, 
II s'asseyait, 

Nous nous asseyions, 
Vous vous asseyiez, 
lis s'asseyaient, 

Je m'assis, 
Tu t'assis, 
II s'assit, 

Nous nous assimes, 
Vous vous assites, 
Us s'assirent, 

Je m'asseierai, 
Tu t'asseieras, 
II s'asseiera, 

Nous nous asseierons, 
Vous vous asseierez, 
lis s'asseieront, or 

Je m'assierai, 



IMPERFECT. 

I was sitting down. 

Thou wast " 

He was " 

We were " 

You were " 

They were " 



PRETERIT. 



I sat down. 
Thou sattest down* 
He sat down. 

We sat down. 
You sat down. 
They sat down. 



FUTURE. 



Je m'asseierais, 
Tu t'asseierais, 
II s'asseierait, 

Nous nous asseierions, 
Vous vous asseieriez, 
Us s'asseieraient, or, 

Je m'assierais, 
&c., &c. 

Assieds-toi, 

Asseyons-nous, 

Asseyez-vous, 



/ shall sit down. 
Thou wilt sit down. 
He will sit down. 

We shall sit down. 
You will sit down. 
They will sit down, or 

I shall sit down, 
dfc, $c, 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

I should sit down. 
Thou shouldst sit down. 
He should sit down. 

We should sit down. 
You should sit down. 
They should sit down, or 

1 should sit down. 
6fc, <5fc. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

sit dozen (thou.) 
let us sit down, 
sit down (you.) 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



127 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

that I may sit down, 
that thou mayst sit down, 
that he may sit down. 

that we may sit down, 
that you may sit down, 
that they may sit down. 
IMPERFECT. 

that I might sit down, 
that thou might st sit down, 
that he might sit down. 

that we might sit down, 
that you might sit down. 
that they might sit down. 

N. B. The Compound Tenses of this verb are formed with the Aux- 
iary verb Eire. 



Que je m'asseie, 
Que tu t'asseies, 
Qu'il s'asseie, 

Que nous nous asseyions, 
Que vous vous asseyiez, 
Qu'ils s'asseient, 

Que je m'assisse, 
Que tu t'assisses, 
Qu'il s'assit, 

Que nous nous assissions, 
Qne vous vous assissiez, 
Qu'ils s'assissent, 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB, 

Y AVOIR, THERE TO BE. 



Inf. Pres., Y avoir, 

There to be. 



Ind. 



Lid. I, 



AFFIRMATIVELY. 

Pres., II y a, 

There is, 
There are. 
II y avait, 
There was, 
There were. 
II y eut, 
There was, 
There were. 
II y aura, 
There will be. 
Cond. Pres., II y aurait, 



mp., 



Ind. Pret., 



Ind. Fut., 



Pres. Participle., Y ay ant, 
There being. 

NEGATIVELY. 

il n'y a pas. 
there is not. 
there are not. 
il n'y avait pas. 
there was not. 
there were not. 
il n'y eut pas. 
there was not. 
there were not. 
il n'y aura pas. 
there will not be. 
il n'y aurait pas. 



INTERROGATIVELY. 

y a-t-il ! 

is there ? 

are there ? 

y avait-il ! 

was there ? 

were there ? 

y eut-il ! 

was there ? 

were there ? 

y aura-t-il 7 

will there be ? 

y aurait-il ! 
There ivould be. would there be ? there would not be. 
Subj. Pres., Qu'il y ait, qu'il n'y ait pas. 

That there may be. that there may not be. 

Subj. Imp., Qu'il y eut, qu'il n'y eiU pas. 



That there might be. 



that there might not be. 



128 ELEMENTARY 

COMPOUND TENSES OF Y AVOIR. 
Comp. Irifin. Pres., Y avoir eu, there to have been. 

" Pres. Part, Y ayant eu, there having been. 

" Indie. Pres.) Ilya eu, there has or have been. 

" " Imp., II y avait eu, there had been. 

" " Pret., II y eut eu, there had been. 

" " Fut., II y aura eu, there ivill have been, 

" Cond. Pres., II y aurait eu, there would have been. 

" Subj. Pres., Qu'il y ait eu, that there may have been. 

" " Imp., Qu'il y eut eu, that there might have been. 

CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB 
FALLOIR, TO BE NECESSARY. 

(corresponding to the English verb must.) 

Inf. Present, Falloir, to be necessary. 

Past Participle, Fallu, been necessary. 

Tnd. Pres., II faut, it is necessary. 

" Imp., II fallait, it was necessary. 

" Pret., II fallut, it was necessary. 

" Fut, II faudra, it will be necessary. 

Cond. Pres., II faudrait, it would be necessary. 

Subj. Pres., Qu'il faille, that it may be necessary. 

" Imp., Qu'il fallut, that it might be necessary. 

N. B. The Compound Tenses of this verb are conjugated with Avoir, m 
the third person singular only ; thus, 

Comp. Ind. Pres., II a fallu, it has been necessary. 

&c., &c, §c, <5fc. 

Remark 1. — The impersonal verb II faut is followed by the sub- 
junctive mood, the present tense of the subjunctive being used 
after the present, II faut, and the future, II faudra; and the pre- 
terit of the subjunctive after the other tenses of II faut. 

EXAMPLES. 

I must be, II faut que je sois. 

Thou must be, II faut que tu sois. 

He must be, II faut qu'il soit. 

We must be, II faut que nous soyons. 

You must be, II faut que vous soyez. 

They must be, 11 faut qu'ils soient. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



129 



go out ? 



1 must not 
Thou must not 
My brother must not 

Must we 
Must you 
Must the boys 

Must I not 

Must she not 

Must not my sisters 

It is necessary for me to go out. 

It was necessary for me to go out. 

It will be necessary for me to go. 

It would be necessary for me to go. 



go out. II ne faut pas 



come ? Ne faut-ii pas 



C que je sorte. 

■< que tu sortes. 

f que mon frere sorte. 

I que nous sortions 1 
Faut-il < que vous sortiez 1 

( que les garcons sortent 1 

{ que je vienne? 
\ qu'elle vienne 1 
( que mes sceurs viennent? 

II faut que je sorte. 

II fallait que je sortisse. 

II faudra que j'aille. 

II faudrait que j'allasse. 



Remark 2. Must have may also be expressed thus : 

I must have money, 

Thou must have books, 

My brother must have books, 



It will be necessary for me to have books, 
It was necessary for us to have money, 
It would be necessary for you to have friends, 
You will want friends, 



II me faut de Targent. 
II te faut des livres. 
II faut des livres a mon 

frere. 
II me faudra des livres. 
II nous fallait de l'argent. 
II vous faudrait des amis. 
II vous faudra des amis. 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB 
PLEUVOIR, TO RAIN. 



Inf. Pres., 


Pleuvoir, 


to rain. 


Pres, Part., 


Pleuvant, 


raining. 


Past. Part., 


Plu, 


rained. 


Ind. Pres., 


11 pleut, 


it rains. 


" Imp., 


11 pleuvait, 


it was raining. 


" Pret., 


11 plut, 


it rained. 


" Fut, 


11 pleuvra, 


it will rain. 


Cond. Pres., 


11 pleuvrait, 


it would rain. 


Subj. Pres., 


Qu'il pleuve, 


that it may rain. 


" Imp., 


Qu'il plut, 


that it might rain. 



N. B. The Compound Tenses of this verb are formed with Avoir ; as 
Comp. Indie. Pres., II a plu, It has rained. 



130 ELEMENTARY 

THE FORMATION OF THE TENSES OF FRENCH 
VERBS. 

§ 1. It has been already remarked that French verbs have five 
primitive tenses, from which all the other tenses are formed ; viz. 
the Present of the Infinitive, the Present Participle, the 
Past Participle, the Present of the Indicative, and the 
Preterit Definite of the Indicative mood. 

§ 2. From the Present of the Infinitive two tenses are 
formed ; 1. The Future Absolute, by the change of r, re, or oir 
into rai : as, porter, je porterai ; rendre, je rendrai ; recevoir, je . 
recevrai. 

2. The Conditional Present, by the change of r, re, or oir into 
rais : as, porter, je porter ais ; rendre, je rendrais ; recevoir, je 
recevrais. 

§ 3. From the Present Participle three tenses are formed ; 
1. The plural of the Indicative Present, by the change of ant into 
ons, ez, ent : as, portant, nous portons, vous portez, Us portent ; fi- 
nissant, nous finissons, vous finissez, ils finissent ; rendant, nous 
rendons, vous rendez, ils rendent. 

Except verbs of the third conjugation, which, in the third 
person plural of the Indicative Present, change evant into oivent : 
as, recevant, nous recevons* vous recevez, ils recoivent. 

2. The Indicative Imperfect, by changing ant into ais : as, 
donnant, je donnais ; finissant, je finissais ; rendant, je rendais; 
recevant ; je recevais, 

3. The Subjunctive Present, by changing ant into e : as, don- 
nant, que je donne ; finissant, que je finisse ; rendant, que je 
rende. 

Except verbs of the third conjugation, which change evant into 
oive : as, recevant, que je recoive. 

§ 4. From the Past Participle are formed all the Compound 
tenses, by means of the auxiliary verbs Avoir and Eire. 



FRENCH EXERCISES, 



131 



§5. From the Present of the Indicative the Imperative is 
formed by omitting the pronouns tu, nous, vous ; and in verbs of 
the^?'s£ conjugation, omitting the s of the second person singular : 
as, tu portes, parte ; nous portons, portons ; vous portez, portez , 
tu finis, finis ; nous finissons, finissons ; vous finissez, finissez. 

§6. From the Preterit Definite the Subjunctive Imperfect 
is formed by changing ai into asse in the first conjugation, and 
adding se in the second, third and fourth conjugations : as je 
donnai, que je donnasse ; je finis, que je finisse ; je regus, que je re- 
gusse ; je rendis, que je rendisse. 

COMPOUND TENSES. 

1. The compound tenses of verbs are formed by prefixing to 
their past participle the simple tenses either of the verb Avoir or 
the verb Eire. 

2. All active verbs are conjugated with the auxiliary verb 
Avoir, to have. 

3. All passive verbs are conjugated with the auxiliary verb 
Etre, to be. 

4. All reflected verbs are conjugated with the auxiliary verb 
Etre, to be. 

5. Some neuter verbs are always conjugated with Etre, to be j 
some are always conjugated with A voir, to have: while others 
are conjugated sometimes with Avoir and sometimes with Etre, 
according to their meaning. See the following list. 

A List of Neuter Verbs which are always conjugated with 
Etre, to be. 



Aller, 


to go. 


Parvenir, 


to succeed. 


Arriver, 


to arrive. 


Partir, 


to set out. 


Choir, 


to fall. 


Provenir, 


to arise. 


Deceder, 


to die. 


Redevenir, 


to become again 


Devenir, 


to become. 


Repartir, 


to start again. 


Disconvenir, 


to disagree. 


Resulter, 


to result. 


Echoir, 


to fall. 


Retomber, 


to fall again. 


Eclore, 


to hatch. 


Re ven ir, 


to come back. 



132 ELEMENTARY 

Intervenir, to intervene. Survenir, to befall. 

Mourir, to die. Tomber, to fall. 

Naitre, to be bom. Venir, to come. 

Kemark. The neuter verbs which are conjugated with Etre 
only, express an idea either of motion or rest. 





EXAMPLES. 




COMPOUND TENSES 




OF THE ACTIVE VERB DONNER, TO GIVE. 


Infin. Pres., 


Avoir donne, 


to have given. 


Pres. Part., 


Ayant donne, 


having given. 


Indie. Pres., 


J'ai donne, 


I have given. 


im Imp., 


J'avais donne, 


I had given. 


" Pret., 


J'eus donne, 


I had given. 


" Fut., 


J'aurai donne, 


I shall have given. 


Cond. Pres. 


J'aurais donne, 


I should have given. 


Subj. Pres., 


Que j'aie donne, 


that I may have given. 


" Imp., 


Que j'eusse donne, 


that I might have given. 


PASSIVE VOICE OF THE VERB AIMER, TO LOVE. 


Inf. Pres., 


Etre aime, 


to be loved. 


Pres. Part., 


Etant aime, 


being loved. 


Indie. Pres., 


Je suis aime, 


I am loved. 


" Imp., 


Petals aime, 


I iv as loved. 


" PreL, 


Je fus aime, 


I was loved. 


«■ Fut., 


Je serai aime, 


I shall be loved. 


Cond. Pres., 


Je serais aime, 


I should be loved. 


Imperative, 


Sois aime, 


be thou loved. 


a 


Soyons aimes, 


let us be loved. 


(< 


Soyez aimes, 


be ye loved. 


Sii*>j. Pres., 


Que je sois aime, 


that I may be loved. 


". Imp., 


Que je fusse aime, 


that I might be loved. 



COMPOUND TENSES 
OF THE PASSIVE VOICE OF AIMER, TO LOVE. 

Compound of the Infinitive and Past Participle. 
Avoir ete aime, to have been loved. 

Compound of the Present and Past Participles. 
Ayant ete aime, having been loved. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 133 

Comp. Indie. Pres., J'ai ete aime, I have been loved 

" Imp., J'avais ete aime, I had been loved, 

" Pret., J'eus ete aime, I had been loved, 

" Fat., J'aurai ete aime, I shall have been loved. 

" Cond. Pres., J'aurais ete aime, I should have been loved. 

" Subj. Pres., Que j'aie ete aime, that I may have been loved. 

" ** Imp., Que j'eusse ete aime, that I might have been loved. 

COMPOUND TENSES 
OF THE NEUTER VERB TOMBER, TO FALL. 



Inf. Present, 


Etre tombe, 


to have fallen. 


Present Participle, 


Etant tombe, 


having fallen. 


fnd. Pres., 


Je suis tombe, 


I have fallen. 


u Imp., 


J'etais tombe, 


1 had fallen. 


" Pret., 


Je fus tombe, 


I had fallen. 


" Fut, 


Je serai tombe, 


I shall have fallen. 


Cond. Pres., 


Je serais tombe, 


I should have fallen. 


Subj. Pres., 


Que je sois tombe, 


that I may have fallen. 


" Imp. 


Que je fusse tombe, 


that I might have fallen 



N. B. For an example of the Compound Tenses of reflected 
verbs, see Se Promener, page 123. 

VERBS CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY. 

1. Verbs are conjugated negatively in their simple tenses by 
placing ne before and pas after them. 

2. The compound tenses are conjugated negatively by placing 
ne before the auxiliary and pas after it. 

3. Ne is written n' before a vowel or silent k. 



t r ± -n N'aimer pas, or ) A . ■ , 

Infinitive Present. f \ not to love. 

Ne pas aimer, ) 

Comp. Inf. Pres., N'avoir pas aime, not to have loved. 

Pres. Participle, N'aimant pas, not loving. 

Comp. Pres. Part., N'ayant pas aime, not having loved. 

Indicative Pres., Je n'aime pas, I do not love. 

Comp. Indie. Pres.,Je n'ai pas aime, J have not loved. 

Indie. Imp., Je n'aimais pas, 1 was not loving. 

12 



134 ELEMENTARY 

Comp. Indie. Imp., Je n'avais pas aime, I had not loved. 

Indie. PreL, Je n'aimai pas, I loved not. 

Comp. Indie, Pret.,Je n'eus pas aime, I had not loved. 

Indicative Future, Je n'aimerai pas, I shall not love, 

Comp, Indie. Fat., Je n'aurai pas aime, I shall not have loved. 

Conditional P res., Je n'aimerais pas, I should not love, 

il Past., Je n'aurais pas aime, I should not have loved. 

!N'aime pas, do (thou) not love. 

N'aimons pas, let us not love, 

N'aimez pas, love not (you.) 

Subj. Pres., Que je n'aime pas, that I may not love. 

Comp. Subj. Pres., Que je n'aie pas aime, that I may not have loved. 

Subj. Imp., Que je n'aimasse pas, that I might not love. 

Comp. Subj. Imp., Que je n'eusse pas aime, that I might not have loved. 

VERBS CONJUGATED INTERROGATIVELY. 

1. A verb is conjugated interrogatively in its simple tenses by 
placing the pronoun, which is the subject or nominative of the 
verb, after the verb, and connecting them by a hyphen. 

2. The compound tenses are conjugated interrogatively by 
placing the pronoun, which is the subject of the verb, after the 
auxiliary. 

3. When the verb which is followed by the pronouns il, elle, 
or on, ends with a vowel, the letter t, preceded and followed by 
a hyphen, is placed between the verb and the pronoun. 

4. When, by placing the pronoun je after a verb in the first 
person singular, a harsh souud would be caused, the phrase Est- 
ce-que is prefixed to the verb ; as, Do I sleep ? Est-ce que je 
dors ? Am I finishing'? Est-ce que je finis ? 

Example of a verb conjugated interrogatively. 

r j t> a .,<- \ Donne-je, or ) , T . ~ 

Ind. Pres., J ' ( do I gave? 

I Est-ce que je donne, ) 

Comp. Ind. Pres., Ai-je donne, have I given ? 

Ind. Imperf, Donnais-je, was I giving? 

Comp. Ind, Imper., Avais-je donne, had I given? 



FRENCH EXERCISES, 135 

Indie. Pret, Donnai-je, did I give? 

Comp. Ind. Pret., Eus-je donne, had I given? 

hid. Fut., Donnerai-je, shall I give ? 

Comp. Ind. Fut., Aurai-je donne, shall I have given ? 

Conditional Pres., Donnerais-je, should I give? 

Comp. Cond. Pres., Aurais-je donne, should I have given ? 

The indicative and conditional moods are the only moods used 
in asking questions. 



EXAMPLE OF A VERK 

CONJUGATED INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. 

r j d ( Ne donne-je pas, or ) , 7 . 1 

Lid. Pres., \ , \ do 1 not give ] 

( Est-cequejene donne pas, ) 

Comp, Ind. Pres., N'ai-je-pas donne, have I not given? 

Ind. Imperfect, Ne donnais-je pas, was I not giving? 

Comp. Ind. Imp., N'avais-je pas donne, had I not given ? 

Ind. Pret, Ne donnai-je pas, did I not give ? 

Comp. Ind. Pret., N'eus-je pas donne, had I not given? 

Ind. Future, Ne donnerai-je pas, shall I not give? 

Comp. Ind. Fut., . N'aurai-je pas donne, shall I not have given? 

Conditional Pres., Ne donnerais-je pas, should I not give ? 

Com. Cond. Pres., N'aurais-je pas donne, should I not have given? 



COMPARISON 

BETWEEN THE TENSES OF ENGLISH VERBS AND THE TENSES 
OF FRENCH VERBS. 

THE PRESENT TENSE OF THE INDICATIVE MOOD. 

§ 1. — There are, in English, three forms of the Present Tense, 
I write, I do write, I am writing. But these three forms of ex- 
pression, although they differ slightly in meaning, can be trans- 
lated into French by one form only, viz., J'tcris. 

This is one of the difficulties of young students, who are apt to 
translate I am writing by je suis tcrivant, I do write by je fais 
ecrire, &c. ; but it must be remembered that there is but one form 
of the present tense in French, fecris. 



136 ELEMENTARY 

THE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

§ 2. — There are, in English, three forms of the Imperfect Tense, 
I wrote, I did write, and I was writing. Only one of these, was 
writing, is always translated by the Imperfect Tense in French, 
fecrivais. When I wrote and I did write signify I used to write, 
I wrote habitually, they are likewise translated by the Imperfect, 
fecrivais. 

But when I ivrote and I did write are used in connexion with 
time that has not expired, as this morning, to-day, this month, &c, 
they are translated by the Compound of the Present, Preterit In- 
definite, or Passe Indefini, (which are different names for the 
same tense,) fai ecrit. 

When I wrote and I did write are used in connexion with time 
entirely past, as yesterday, last week, &c, they are generally 
translated by the Passe Defini or Preterit, fecrims. 

§ 3. — The Imperfect Tense in French, (Imparfait,) is used, 

1st. To express an action which was taking place at the same 

time that another action took place ; as, 

J'ecrivais quand votre fere ar- I was ivriting when your father 

viva, came. 

2nd. To express an action as done habitually in past time, or 

frequently repeated ; as, 

Quand j'etais h Washington, When I ivas in Washington, I 

j'allajs au Congrh tous les jours. ivent (used to go) to Congress every 

day. 

3rd. In describing the qualities of persons or things, and the 
state, place, or disposition in which they were in time past, with- 
out any reference to the end of the state ; as, 

Howard etait tin grand homme. Howard was a great man. 

4th. After the conjunction si, if, where the conditional or sub- 
junctive imperfect is used in English ; as, 

Si j'etais a votre place. If I were in your place. 

Si j'etais malade. It' I should be sick, 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 137 

THE PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

(Translated by the English Imperfect.) 

6 4. The Preterit Definite expresses an action which took 
place but once, commenced at the time to which it refers, and 
was entirely completed. It is used only when the time at which 
the action took place has entirely elapsed ; as, 

Je passai hier chez vous. I called at your house yesterday. 

Je vis voire sceur et je lui parlai. I saw your sister and spoketo her. 

! Preterit Indefinite, 
Passe Indefini, 
Compound of the Present. 

§ 5. The Perfect Tense, in English, corresponds to the French 
Passe Indefini, Preterit Indefinite, or Compound of the Pre- 
sent ; as, 

I have wriiten to my sister. J'ai ecrit a ma sceur. 

But the Preterit Indefinite is used very often in French, espe- 
cially in conversation and in writing letters, where the English 
Imperfect would be employed ; as, 

When did you lose your purse 1 Quand avez.vous perdu voire 

I lost it this morning. bourse ? Je f ai perdue ce matin. 

What have you been doing these Qw' avez.vous fait depuis qimize 
two weeks'! I went to New-York, jours ? Je suis alle d New-York, 
and from there to Boston, where I et de la a Boston, oil j'ai passe phi- 
spent several days, and enjoyed my- sieurs jours, et je in'y suis beaucoup 
self very much. amuse. 

1. The Preterit Indefinite is used in speaking of an action past 
within a period that has not yet expired, such as to-day, this 
week; as, 

I iv as at your house this morn- J'ai ete chez vous ce matin. 

ing. 

2. The Preterit Indefinite also expresses an action past in an 
intermediate time ; as, 

Bid you ever see my grand- Avez.vous jamais vu mon grand- 

father ? p£ re ? 

12* 



138 ELEMENTARY 

3. The Preterit Indefinite must be used for the English Imper- 
fect and Perfect tenses, when they are accompanied by the words 
always, ever, never, and thus far. 

The Pluperfect Tense j P^s-que-Paepait. 

( 1 ASSE ANTERIEUR. 

§ 6. The English Pluperfect Tense is translated into French by 
two tenses, the Compound of the Imperfect, or Plus-que-parfait, and 
the Compound of the Preterit, or Passe Anterieur. Both of these 
tenses correspond in meaning with the English tense, expressing 
an action that had taken place before another event which is also 
past. 

1. The Compound of the Imperfect is used when we wish to ex- 
press merely that one event occurred before another past event, 
without the latter's being a consequence of the former ; as, 

We had dined, when my father Nous avions dine, quand mon pere 

arrived. arriva. 

2. But when the idea conveyed by the second verb, is a conse- 
quence of, or depends upon, the event expressed by the first verb, 
the Compound of the Preterit is used ; as, 

As soon as we had dined, we Aussitot que nous eumes dine, 

went out. nous sortimes. 

The Compound of the Preterit is hardly ever used except aftei 
such conjunctions as aussitdt que, as soon as ; des que, as soon 
as j lorsque, when ; and the adverb quand, when. 

First Future. Futur Absolu, 

^ ( Futur Anterieur, or 

Second Future, j CoMPOUND 0F THE Future. 

§ 7. (1.) The First Future tense of English verbs corresponds 
with the Futur Absolu of French Verbs ; as, 

I will go with you to-morrow. J'jrai aver vous demain. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 139 

(2.) The Second Future corresponds with the Futur anterieur 
or Compound of the future ; as, 

I shall have finished my letter be- J'aurai fini ma lettre avant voire 

fore your arrival. arrivee. 

But will in English does not always imply futurity ; sometimes 
it means willingness, and must be translated by the verb Vou- 
loir ; as, 

Will you read now ! Voulez-iws lire a present ? 

Potential Mood. 

§ 8. No mood in French corresponds with the Present tense 
of the English Potential Mood. 

1. May and can are translated by the present tense of the In- 
dicative Mood of the verb Pouvoir ; as, 

I may do it. Je peux le faire. 

He can walk. H peut marcher. 

2. May and can are also translated by the present of the Sub- 
junctive of Pouvoir, or the present of the Subjunctive of the ra- 
dical verb ; as, 

Bring* it, that I may see it. Apportez-le, afin que je puisse le 

Voir, or, afin que je le voie. 

3. Must is translated by some tense of the verb Falloir, as 
has been explained on pages 128, 129. 

§ 9. The Imperfect Tense of the Potential Mood in English 
prefixes might, could, would, or should to the radical verb. 
These forms of expression are often translated in French by the 
Present of the Conditional Mood ; as, 

I should like to see your sister. J'aimerais a voir voire sozur, 

I would go with you, if I were 7'ifiais avec vous, si je netais pas 

not sick. malade. 

1. But when might implies power, ability, it is translated by the 



140 ELEMENTARY 

* 

Conditional Present of the verb Vouloir, and the radical verb is 
put in the Infinitive Mood ; as, 

He might do it, if he chose. II pourrait le faire, s'il le vou- 

lait. 

2. When could implies power, and is spoken emphatically, it is 
translated by a past tense of the verb Pouvoir, in speaking of past 
events, and by the Conditional Present of Pouvoir in speaking of 
the present or the future ; as, 

I could not go out yesterday. Je ne pus pas sortir hier. 

I could go out now, if I had my Je pourrais sortir a present, si 

hat. f avals mon chapeau. 

3. When would implies ivillingness, it is translated by the In- 
dicative Imperfect of the verb Vouloir, and the radical verb is 
put in the Infinitive Mood ; as, 

If you would come with me, you Si vous voulikz venir avec moi, 

would see him. vous le verriez. 

4. Should, when it means ought, and conveys the idea of duty, 
is expressed by the Conditional Present of the verb Devoir ; as, 

These children should p"o to Ces enfants devraient aller a 

school. Vecole. 

5. When should follows %J\ it is included in the radical verb, 
which must be put in the Indicative Mood, imperfect tense ; as, 

If he should come, what should I SHI venait, que lui dirais-je ? 

say to him] 

§ 10. The Perfect Tense of the Potential Mood in English 
prefixes may have, can have, or must have, to the past participle 
of the radical verb. 

1. May have and can have, followed by a past participle, are 
translated into French variously, as will be seen by the following 
examples. 

I may have done it, without II est possible que jeVaie fait sans 

knowing it. le savoir ; or 

Je Vai pent- tire fait, sans le savoir. 

How can you have made so many Comment avei-vous pa f aire taut 

mistakes] def antes? 



FRENCH EXERCISES, 141 

2. Must have, followed by a past participle, is variously 
translated, as the following examples will show : 

You must have seen him. llfaut que vous Vayez vu. 

He must have broken the win- llfaut que ce soit lui qui ait casse 

dow ; no other person was near the lafenetre ; it rCy avait pas d 1 autre 
: house. personne pres de la maison; or, 

Cest lui seul qui ait casse la 
fenetre ; 6fc. 

Your exercise is badly written; Votre theme est malecrit ; ilfaut 

your pen must have been bad. que votre plume ait ete mauvaise. 

§ 11. The Pluperfect Tense of the Potential Mood, in Eng- 
lish, prefixes might have, could have, ivould have, or should have, 
to the past participle of the radical verb. These forms of ex- 
pression are often translated in French by the Conditional Past ; 
as, 

I would have given you some Je vous aurais donne de V argent , 

money, if you had asked me. si vous m'en aviez demande. 

I should have gone out, if it had Je serais sorti, sHl rtavait pas 

not rained. plu. 

1. But could have and might have, implying power, ability, and 
followed by a past participle, are translated by the Conditional 
Past of Pouvoir, followed by the Infinitive ; as, 

You might have succeeded, Vous auriez pu reussir. 

2. Should have, implying duty or obligation, and followed by a 

past participle, is translated by the Conditional Past of Devoir, 

followed by the Infinitive ; as, 

You should have done it your- Vous auriez du le faire vous- 

self. mime. 

Imperative Mood. Impe'ratif. 

§ 12. — The Imperative Mood in English has only two persons, 
the 2nd person singular, and the 2nd person plural ; which are 
translated by the corresponding persons of the Imperative Mood 
of the French verb ; as, 

Love (thou.) Aime. 

Love (ye.) Aimez. 



142 ELEMENTARY 

1. But in French there is another person, the 1st. person plu- 
ral ; as, 

Aimons. Let us love. 

2. Let him, let her, and let them, followed by a verb, are 
translated by the third person singular and the third person plural 
of the Subjunctive Present ; as, 

Let him give. Qu'il donne. 

Let her give. Qu'elle donne. 

Let them give. \ #•* do ™ ent > , or « 

& ^ Qu elies donnent. 

SlTBJONCTIF. 

§ 13. The French Subjunctive Mood (Subjonctif,) presents many 
difficulties to the young student. A few rules are here given to 
assist him in using it. 

The Subjunctive Mood expresses doubt. It is used, 
1st. After verbs denoting will, wish, desire, doubt, fear, wan- 
der, and in general, the emotions of the mind ; as, 

I wish you to do your duty. Je veux que vous fassiez voire 

devoir. 

2nd. After a verb used interrogatively, when doubt is ex- 
pressed ; as, 

Do you think he will come ? Croyez-vous qiCil vienne ? 

3rd. After verbs used impersonally, except such as it is sure, 
positive, certain, &c, as, 

It is possible he will come. II est possible qiCil vienne. 

4th. After an adjective in the superlative degree, followed by 
a relative pronoun ; as, 

The best friend that I have. Le meilleur ami quef^m. 

5th. After rien, aucun, pas un, personne, &c, followed by a 
relative pronoun ; as, 

We have nothing that suits her. Nous ii'avons rien qui lui convi- 

ENNE. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



143 



6th. After quelque, quel que, qui que ce soit, quoi que ce soit, 
and the other Indefinite Pronouns followed by que. (See Sect. 
v. Chap, x.) 

Whatever may be your talents. Quels que soient vos talents . 

7th. After the conjunctions afin que, quoique, a moins que, 
avant que, Men que, de crainte que, &c : as, 

That you may have more time. Afin que vous ayez plus de 

temps. 

8th. After a relative pronoun, or the adverb ou, when the fol- 
lowing verb expresses uncertainty ; as, 

I am looking for some one that Je cherche quelqu\in qui me rende 

may do me this service. ce service. 

Tenses of the Subjunctive Mood. 

§13. The Subjunctive Mood being always subordinate to a verb 
that precedes it, its tenses are regulated by this foregoing verb. 

1. The Present of the Subjunctive, (also called the Future,) is 
used when the preceding verb is in the present or future of the 
Indicative ; as, 



I shall have time ] 
Do you think \ I shall be ready 1 



■M 



( I shall see her '. e 



He voill wait 



i till I 1 
< till I i 
( till I 



, till I have time ; 
am ready ; 
" see her. 



Pensez-\ous 



II attendra 



que faie le temps ! 
que je sois pret 1 
1 que je la voie 1 

< que faiele temps; 
v que je sois pret ; 
; que je la voie. 



2. The Imperfect of the Subjunctive is used, when the verb 
that precedes it and requires it to be in the Subjunctive, is in the 
imperfect or preterit of the Indicative, or in the Conditional 
mood ; as, 



lie was icaiting 



Would he wait 



\ till I had time ; 
llshould be ready; 
[ should see her. 

11 I had time? 
I should be ready] 
I should see her? 



C till I 
1 till Is 
( till I i 

< till I 
) till Is 
( till I ! 



II attendant 



Atiendrait-i] 



f que yeusse le temps; 
I ( l ue $efusse pret ; 
I que je la visse 

que i'eusse\e temps] 
, que ]vfusse pret] 
que je la visse ] 



144 



ELEMENTARY 



Additional Examples of the Subjunctive Mood. 



I order you 
I forbid you 
I want you 
I wish you 
I desire you 
I require you 

I am glad 
I am pleased 
I am delighted 
I am sorry 
I am surprised 
Isee with pleasure 
I see with regret 



to do it. 



that you have 
done it. 



Jordonne 
Je defends 
Je veux 
Je souhaite 
Je desire 
J'exige 

Je suis bien aise 
Je suis content 
Je suis char me 
Je suis fdche 
Je suis surpris 
Je vois avecplaisir 
Je vois avec regret 



que vous le 

FASSIEZ. 



que vous ^'ayez 

FAIT. 



I fear you will do that. 
I fear you will not do that. 
I do not fear you will do that, 
Tell them to wait for me, 



Je crains que vous nefassiez cela. 
Je crains que vous ne fassiez pas cela. 
Je ne crains pas que vous fassiez cela. 
Dites-leur quils ?n > attendent. 



N. B. Although it is not intended in this little work to teach the 
Idioms of the French language, the following are so important even to 
young students that they are inserted. 

To BE, expressed by AVOIR. 

1. The verb to be is expressed by the same mood and tense, 
number and person, of the verb Avoir, when it is followed by the 
adjectives hungry, thirsty, &c. ; as, 



I am hungry. 
We are thirsty. 



hungry, 
thirsty, 
cold. 



TO BE "< 



warm. 

sleepy. 

afraid. 

ashamed. 

right. 

wrong. 



Pai faim. 
Nous avons soif. 



faim. 
soif. 
froid. 
chaud. 
sommeil. 



Avoir i 



peur. 
honte, 
raison. 
tort. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 145 

2. The verb to be is also expressed by Avoir in speaking of 
the age of persons ; as, 

How old are you ] Quel age ayez-vous ? 

I am twenty. j'ai vmgt cins. 



To BE, EXPRESSED BY FAIRE. 

The verb to be, accompanied by a noun or an adjective denoting 
the state of the weather, is expressed in French by the same tense 
of the verb /aire, with il for its nominative ; as, 

How is the weather 1 Quel temps wait-U ? 

Is the weather fine 1 Fait -il beau temps? 

It will be cold to-morrow. II m&Afroid demain. 

It has been warm lately. Il a fait chaud depuis peu, 



To BE, EXPRESSED BY DEVOIR. 

The present tense and the imperfect tense of the verb to be, 
followed by another verb in the infinitive mood, are expressed by 
the present tense and the imperfect tense of the verb Devoir; 



as, 



I am to pay four dollars. Je dois payer quatre gourdes. 

She is to come to-night. Elle doit venir ce soir. 

He was to bring it to-day. Il devait Vapporter aujourd'hui. 



To BE, TO DO, EXPRESSED by Se PORTER. 

The verbs to be and to do, used in speaking of the health, are 
expressed by the same tense and person of the reflected verb 
Se Porter ; as, 

How are vou 1 \ t , , * 

How do vou do 1 X Comment vous pwtez-vous ? 



How do you do 



13 



~G ELEMENTARY 



VERBS. 

Infinitive Mood, Present Tense. 
The Auxiliary Verbs. 

1 To have. 

2 To be. 

English of the model verbs. 

3 To give. 

4 To punish. 

5 To owe. 

6 To receive. 

7 To sell. 

English of the irregular verbs. 

8 To acquire. 9 to go. 10 to assail. 11 to beat. 12 to 
boil. 13 to drink. 14 to conclude. 15 to pickle. 16 to know, 
(to be acquainted with persons.) 17 to sew. 18 to run. 19 to 
fear. 20 to believe. 21 to grow. 22 to gather. 23 to say. 
24 to sleep. 25 to write. 26 to send. 27 to do or make. 
28 to flee. 29 to hate. 30 to join. 31 to read. 32 to shine. 
33 to curse. 34 to lie, (to tell a falsehood.) 35 to put. 36 to 
grind. 37 to die. 38 to move. 39 to be born. 40 to offer. 
41 to open. 42 to graze. 43 to paint. 44 to please. 45 to 
be able. 46 to provide. 47 to take. 48 to foretell. 49 to 
prevail. 50 to foresee. 51 to reduce. 52 to resolve. 53 to 
laugh. 54 to break. 55 to know, (applied to inanimate objects, 
sciences, tyc.) 56 to serve. 57 to follow. 58 to milk. 59 to 
conquer. 60 to be worth. 61 to come. 62 to clothe. 63 to 
live. 64 to see. 65 to be willing. Q6 to eat. 67 to go 
forward. 68 to conceal. 69 to lead. 70 to call. 71 to throw. 
72 to try. 



rilENCH EXERCISES. 



14/ 



The following arrangement of the verbs was prepared by the late 
Charles Pieot. As it was used for many years by him and other teach- 
ers with much success, it is, with a few alterations, introduced into this 
work. 

CONJUGATION OF FRENCH VERBS. 

Infinitif Present. 

1 Avoir. 

2 Etre. 



Models of Regular Verbs: 

3 Dormer, a regular verb of the first conjugation 

4 Punir, " u second " 

5 Devoir, j u u tHrd 

6 Recevoir, ) 

7 Vendre, " " fourth " 

Irregular Verbs. 

8 Acquerir. 9 aller. 10 assaillir. 11 battre. 12 
13 boire. 14 conclure. 15 confire. 16 connaitre. 17 
18 courir. 19 craindre. 20 croire. 21 croitre. 22 
23 dire. 24 dormir. 25 ecrire. 26 envojer. 27 faire. 
29 hair. 30 joindre. 31 lire. 32 luire. 33 maudire. 34 
35 mettre. 36 rnoudre. 37 mourir. 38 mouvoir. 39 
40 offrir. 41 ouvrir. 42 paitre. 43 peindre. 44 
45 pouvoir. 46 pourvoir. 47 prendre. 48 predire. 
valoir. 50 prevoir. 51 reduire. 52 resoudre. 53 rire. 
55 savoir. 56 servir. 57 suivre. 58 traire. 59 



pre. 

60 valoir. 

loir. 



61 venir. 62 vetir. 63 vivre. 64 voir. 



bouillir. 

coudre. 
cueillir. 

28 fuir. 

ruentir. 

naitre. 

plaire. 
49 pre- 
54 rom- 
vaincre. 
65 vou- 



N. B. Before studying the following verbs, the pupil will commit to 
memory the remarks on the orthography of some French verbs, pagelia 

66 Manger. 67 avancer. 68 celer. 69 mener. 70appeler. 
71 jeter. 72 essayer. 



148 ELEMENTARY 

Present Participle* 

1 Having. 2 being. 3 giving. 4 punishing. 5 owing. 
6 receiving. 7 selling. 8 acquiring. 9 going. 10 assailing. 
11 beating. 12 boiling. 13 drinking. 14 concluding. 15 pick- 
ling. 16 knowing. 17 sewing. 18 running. 19 Fearing. 20 be- 
lieving. 21 growing. 22 gathering. 23 saying. 24 sleep- 
ing. 25 writing. 26 sending. 27 doing or making. 28 fleeing, 
29 hating. 30 joining. 31 reading. 32 shining. 33 cursing. 
34 lying. 35 putting. 36 grinding. 37 dying. 38 moving. 
39 being born. 40 offering. 41 opening. 42 grazing. 43 paint- 
ing. 44 pleasing. 45 being able. 46 providing. 47 taking. 
48 foretelling. 49 prevailing. 50 foreseeing. 51 reducing. 
52 resolving. 53 laughing. 54 breaking. 55 knowing. 56 serv- 
ing. 57 following. 58 milking. 59 conquering. 60 being 
worth. 61 coming. 62 clothing. 63 living. 64 seeing. 65 being 
willing. 66 eating. 67 going forward. 68 concealing. 69 lead- 
ing. 70 calling. 71 throwing. 72 trying. 



Past Participle. 

1 Had. 2 been. 3 given. 4 punished. 5 owed. 6 re- 
ceived. 7 sold. 8 acquired. 9 gone. 10 assailed. 11 beaten. 
12 boiled. 13 drunk. 14 concluded. 15 pickled. 16 known. 
17 sewed. 18 run. 19 feared. 20 believed. 21 grown. 
22 gathered. 23 said. 24 slept. 25 written. 26 sent. 27 done or 
made. 28 fled. 29 hated. 30 joined. 31 read. 32 shone. 
33 cursed. 34 lied. 35 put. 36 ground. 37 died. 38 moved- 

39 born. 40 offered. 41 opened. 42 43 painted. 44 pleased. 

45 been able. 46 provided. 47 taken. 48 foretold. 49 pre- 
vailed. 50 foreseen. 51 reduced. 52 resolved. 53 laughed. 
54 broken. 55 known. 56 served. 57 followed. 58 milked. 
59 conquered. 60 been worth. 61 come. 62 clothed. 63 lived. 
64 seen. 65 been willing. 66 eaten. 67 gone forward. 68 con- 
cealed. 69 led. 70 called. 71 thrown. 72 tried. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. li\) 

Particijje Present. 

1 Ayant. 2 etant. 3 dormant. 4 punissant. 5 devant. 
6 recevant. 7 vendant. 8 acquerant. 9 allant. 10 assaillant. 
11 battant. 12 bouillant. 13 buvant. 14 concluant. 15 con- 
usant. 16 connaissant. 17 cousant. 18 courant. 19 craig- 
nant. 20 crojant. 21 croissant. 22 cueillant. 23 disant. 
24 dormant. 25 ecrivant. 26 errvoyant. 27 faisant. 28 fuy- 
ant. 29 haissant. 30 joignant. 31 lisant. 32 luisant. 33 mau- 
dissant. 34 mentant. 35 niettant. 36 moulant. 37 mourant. 

38 mouvant. 39 naissant. 40 offrant. 41 ouvrant. 42 pais- 
sant. 43 poignant. 44 plaisant. 45 pouvant. 46 pourvoyant. 
47 prenant. 48 predisant. 49 prevalant. 50 prevoyant. 51 re- 
duisant. 52 resolvant. 53 riant. 54 rompant. 55 sachant. 

56 servant. 57 suivant. 58 trayant. 59 vainquant. 60 valant. 
61 venant. 62 vetant. 63 vivant. 64 voyant. 65 voulant. 
66 mangeant. 67 avancant. 68 celant. 69 menant. 70 appelant. 
71 jetant. 72 essayant. 

Parti cipe Passe. 

1 Eu. 2 ete. 3 donne. 4 puni. 5 du. 6 recu. 7 vendu. 
8 acquis. 9 alle. 10 assailli. 11 battu. 12 bouilli. 13 bu. 
14 conclu. 15 confit. 16 connu. 17 cousu. 18 couru. 19 craint. 
20 cru. 21 crti. 22 cueilli. 23 dit. 24 dorrni, 25 ecrit. 
26 envoye. 27 fait. 28 fui. 29 bar. 30 joint. 31 In. 32 lui. 
33 maudit. 34 menti. 35 mis. 36 moulu. 37 mort. 38 mu. 

39 ne. 40 offert. 41 ouvert. 42 wanting, 43 peint. 44 plu. 
45 pu. 46 pourvu. 47 pris. 48 predit. 49-prevalu. 50 prevu. 
51 reduit. 52 resolu. 53 ri. 54 rompu. 55 su. 56 servi. 

57 suivi. 58 trait. 59 vaincu. 60 valu. 61 venu. 62 vetu. 
63 vecu. 64 vu. 65 voulu. 66 mange. 67 avance. 68 cele. 
69 mene. 70 appele. 71 jete. 72 essaye. 



13* 



150 



I, 

1 have 

2 am 
[give 



ELEMENTARY 

Indicative Mood, Present Tense. 



thou, 
hast 
art 
givest 



he, 

has 

is 

gives 



we, 
have 
are 
give 



you, 
have 
are 
give 



they. 
have 
are 
give 
do give 



3 \ do give or dost give does give do give do give 
[am giving art giving is giving are giving are giving are giving. 

N. B. The three forms of the present tense given in full in the verb 
give are equally applicable to nearly all the following verbs, thus, — 1 
punish, do punish, or am punishing. 



4 punish 


punishest 


punishes 


punish 


punish 


punish 


5 owe 


owest 


owes 


owe 


owe 


owe 


6 receive 


receivest 


receives 


receive 


receive 


receive 


7 sell 


sellest 


sells 


sell 


sell 


sell 


8 acquire 


acquirest 


acquires 


acquire 


acquire 


acquire 


9 go 


goest 


goes 


go 


go 


go 


10 assail 


assailest 


assails 


assail 


assail 


assail 


11 beat 


beatest 


beats 


beat 


beat 


beat 


12 boil 


boilest 


boils 


boil 


boil 


boil 


13 drink 


drinkest 


drinks 


drink 


drink 


drink 


14 conclude 


concludest 


concludes conclude conclude 


conclude 


15 pickle 


picklest 


pickles 


pickle 


pickle 


pickle 


16 know 


knowest 


knows 


know 


know 


know 


17 sew 


sewest 


sews 


sew 


sew 


sew 


18 run 


runnest 


runs 


run 


run 


run 


19 fear 


fearest 


fears 


fear 


fear 


fear 


20 believe 


believest 


believes 


believe 


believe 


believe 


21 grow 


growest 


grows 


grow 


grow 


grow 


22 gather 


gatherest 


gathers 


gather 


gather 


gather 


23 say 


sayest 


says 


say 


say 


say 


24 sleep 


sleepest 


sleeps 


sleep 


sleep 


sleep 


25 write 


writest 


writes 


write 


write 


write 


26 send 


sendest 


sends 


send 


send 


send 


fdo, or 


doest 


does 


do 


do 


do 


27 ■> i 
1 make 


makest 


makes 


make 


make 


make 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



151 



Indicatif Prese?it. 

N. B. Je is used before a verb beginning with a consonant^ f before a 
verb beginning with a vowel or silent L 



Je,f 


tUj 


z7, 


nous, 


VOUSy 


Us. 


1 ai 


as 


a 


avons 


avez 


ont 


2 suis 


es 


est 


sorumes 


etes 


sont 


3 donne 


donnes 


donne 


donnons 


donnez 


donnent 


4 punis 


punis 


punit 


punissons 


punissez 


punissent 


5 dois 


dois 


doit 


devons 


devez 


doivent 


6 recois 


recois 


recoit 


recevons 


recevez 


re9oivent 


7 vends 


vends 


vend 


vendons 


vendez 


vendent 


8 acquiers 


. acquiers 


acauiertacquerons 


acquerez 


acquierent 


9 vais 


vas 


va 


allons 


allez 


vont 


10 assail le 


assailles 


assaille assaillons 


assaillez 


assaillent 


11 bats 


bats 


bat 


battons 


battez 


battent 


12 bous 


bous 


bout 


bouillons 


bouillez 


bouillent 


13 bois 


bois 


boit 


buvons 


buvez 


boivent 


14 conclus 


conclus 


conclut concluons 


concluez 


concluent 


15 confis 


confis 


confit 


confisons 


confisez 


confisent 


16 connais 


connais 


connait 


connaissons connaissez 


connaissent 


17 couds 


couds 


coud 


cousons 


cousez 


cousent 


18 cours 


cours 


court 


courons 


courez 


courent 


19 crains 


crains 


craint 


craignons 


craignez 


craignent 


20 crois 


crois 


croit 


croyons 


croyez 


croient 


21 crois 


crois 


croit 


croissons 


croissez 


croissent 


22 cueille 


cueilles 


cueille cueillons 


cueillez 


cueillent 


23 dis 


dis 


dit 


disons 


dites 


disent 


24 dors 


dors 


dort 


dormons 


dormez 


dorment 


25 ecris 


ecris 


ccrit 


ccrivons 


ccrivez 


ecrivent 


26 envoie 


envoies 


envoie envoyons 


envoyez 


envoient 


27 fais 


fais 


fait 


faisons 


faites 


font. 



152 




ELEMENTARY 






I, 


thou, 


he. 


we, 


you, 


they. 


28 flee 


fleest 


flees 


flee 


flee 


flee 


29 hate 


hatest 


hates 


hate 


hate 


hate 


30 join 


joinest 


joins 


join 


join 


join 


31 read 


readest 


reads 


read 


read 


read 


32 shine 


shinest 


shines 


shine 


shine 


shine 


33 curse 


cursest 


curses 


curse 


curse 


curse 


.34 lie 


liest 


lies 


lie 


lie 


lie 


35 put 


puttest 


puts 


put 


put 


put 


36 grind 


grindest 


grinds 


grind 


grind 


grind 


37 die 


diest 


dies 


die 


die 


die 


38 move 


movest 


moves 


move 


move 


move 


39 am born 


art born 


is born 


are borr 


l are born 


are born 


40 offer 


offerest 


offers 


offer 


offer 


offer 


41 open 


openest 


opens 


open 


open 


open 


42 graze 


grazest 


grazes 


graze 


graze 


graze 


43 paint 


pain test 


paints 


paint 


paint 


paint 


44 please 


pleasest 


pleases 


please 


please 


please 


am able or art able or is able or 

A & 


are able 


are able 


are able 


40 

can 


canst 


can 


can 


can 


can 


46 provide 


providest 


provides 


provide 


provide 


provide 


47 take 


takest 


takes 


take 


take 


take 


48 foretell 


foretellest foretells 


foretell 


foretell 


foretell 


49 prevail 


prevailest prevails 


prevail 


prevail 


prevail 


50 foresee 


foreseest 


foresees 


foresee 


foresee 


foresee 


51 reduce 


reducest 


reduces 


reduce 


reduce 


reduce 


52 resolve 


resolvest 


resolves 


resolve 


resolve 


resolve 


53 laugh 


laughest 


laughs 


laugh 


laugh 


laugh 


54 break 


breakest 


breaks 


break 


break 


break 


55 know 


knowest 


knows 


know 


know 


know 


56 serve 


servest 


serves 


serve 


serve 


serve 


57 follow 


followest 


follows 


follow 


follow 


follow 


58 milk 


milkest 


milks 


milk 


milk 


milk 


59 conquer 


conqueres 


t conquers 


conquer 


conquer 


conquer 


60 am worth art worth 


is worth 


are worth 


are worth 


are worth 


61 come 


comest 


comes 


come 


come 


come 


6*3 clothe 


clothest 


clothes 


clothe 


clothe 


clothe 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



^53 



28 fuis 

29 hais 

30 joins 

31 lis 

32 luis 

33 maudis 

34 mens 

35 mets 

36 mouds 

37 nieurs 

38 mens 

39 nais 

40 offre 

41 ouvre 

42 pais 

43 peins 

44 plais 

peux or 
4d . 

puis 

46 pourvois 

47 prends 

48 predis 

49 prevaux 

50 prevois 

51 reduis 

52 resous 

53 ris 

54 romps 

55 sais 

56 sers 

57 suis 

58 trais 

59 vaincs 

60 vaux 
01 viens 
62 vets 



tu, 

fuis 

hais 

joins 

lis 

luis 

maudis 

mens 

mets 

mouds 

meurs 

meus 

nais 

offre s 

ouvres 

pais 

peins 

plais 

peux 

pourvois 

prends 

predis 

prevaux 

prevois 

reduis 

resous 

ris 

romps 

sais 

sers 

suis 

trais 

vaincs 

vaux 

viens 

vets 



fuit 

hait 

joint 

lit 

luit 

maudit 

ment 

met 

moud 

meurt 

meut 

nait 

offre 

ouvre 

pait 

peint 

plait 

peut 

pourvoit 

prend 

predit 

prevaut 

prevoit 

reduit 

resout 

rit 

rompt 

sait 

sert 

suit 

trait 

vainc 

vaut 

vient 

vet 



nous, 

fuyons 

hai'ssons 

joignons 

lisons 

luisons 

maudissons 

mentons 

mettons 

moulons 

mourons 

mouvons 

naissons 

offrons 

ouvrons 

paissons 

peignons 

plaisons 

pouvons 



vous, 

fuyez 

haifssez 

joignez 

lisez 

luisez 

maudissez 

mentez 

mettez 

moulez 

mourez 

mouvez 

naissez 

offrez 

ouvrez 

paissez 

peignez 

plaisez 

pouvez 



pourvoyons pourvoyez 

prenons prenez 

predisons predisez 

prevalons prevalez 

prevoyons prevoyez 

reduisons reduisez 

resolvons resolvez 



rions 

rompons 

savons 

servons 

suivons 

trayons 



riez 

rompons 

savez 

servez 

suivez 

trayez 



vamquons vainquez 
valons valez 



venons 
vetons 



venez 
vetez 



Us. 

fuient 

haissent 

joignent 

lisent 

luisent 

maudissent 

mentent 

mettent 

moulent 

meurent 

meuvent 

naissent 

offrent 

ouvrent 

paissent 

peignent 

plaisent 

peuvent 

pourvoient 
prennent 
predisent 
prevalent 
prevoient 
reduisent 
resolvent 
rient 
rompent 
savent 
servent 
suivent 
traient 
vainquent 
valent 
viennent 
vetent 



154 




ELEMENTARY 






i, 


thou, 


he, 


we, 


you, 


they. 


63 live 


livest 


lives 


live 


live 


live 


64 see 


seest 


sees 


see 


see 


see 


65 am willing 


; or will, 


art willing or wilt, 


is willing 


or will, &c. 


66 eat 


eatest 


eats 


eat 


eat 


eat 


67 go forward, 


goest forward, goes 


forward, &c 






68 conceal 


concealest conceals 


conceal 


conceal 


conceal 


69 lead 


leadest 


leads 


lead 


lead 


lead 


70 call 


callest 


calls 


call 


call 


call 


71 throw 


throwest 


throws 


throw 


throw 


throw 


72 try 


triest 


tries 


try 


try 


try 



Indicative Mood, Imperfect Tense. 

1 had hadst had had had had 

2 was wast was were were were 

3 gave, was giving, or used to give. 4 punished, was punishing, 
or used to punish. 

The three forms of the imperfect tense here exhibited are applicable 
to the verbs that follow. 

5 owed. 6 received. 7 sold. 8 acquired. 9 went. 10 as- 
sailed. 11 beat. 12 boiled. 13 drank. 14 concluded. 15 pickled. 
16 knew. 17 sewed. 18 ran. 19 feared. 20 believed. 21 grew. 
22 gathered. 23 said. 24 slept. 25 wrote. 26 sent. 27 did 
or made. 28 fled, 29 hated. 30 joined. 31 read. 32 shone. 
33 cursed. 34 lied. 35 put. 36 ground. 37 died. 38 moved. 
39 was born. 40 offered. 41 opened. 42 grazed. 43 paint- 
ed. 44 pleased. 45 was able or could. 46 provided. 
47 took. 48 foretold. 49 prevailed. 50 foresaw. 51 reduced. 
52 resolved. 53 laughed. 54 broke. 55 knew. 56 served. 
57 followed. 58 milked. 59 conquered. 60 was worth. 
61 came. 62 clothed or clad. 63 lived. 64 saw. 65 was willing. 
66 eat. 67 went forward. 68 concealed. 69 led. 70 called. 
71 threw. 72 tried. 






FRENCH EXERCISES. 



155 



63 vis 

64 vois 

65 veux 

66 mange 

67 avance 

68 cele 

69 mene 

70 appelle 

71 jette 

72 essaie 



tu 9 

vis 

vois 

veux 

manges 

avance s 

celes 

menes 



vit 
voit 
veut 
mange 
avance 
cele 
mene 



appelles appelle 
jettes jette 
essaies essaie 



nous* vous, Us. 

vivons vivez vivent 

voyons voyez voient 

voulons voulez veulent 

mangeons mangez mangent 

avanc,ons avancez avancent 

celons celez celent 

menons menez menent 

appelons appelez appellent 

jetons jetez jettent 

essayons essayez essaient 



N. B. The pupil will observe that the second person, singular, always 
ends in s, except peux, veux, vaux ; the first person, plural, in ons, ex- 
cept sommes ; the second person, plural, in ez, except etes, dites, faites. 

Imparfait de V Indicatif. 
The terminations of this tense are ais, azs s ait, ions, iez, 
aient. 

1 Avais avais avait avions aviez avaient. 

2 etais etais etait etions etiez etaient. 

N. B. The first person singular of the following verbs is given. 
The other persons are formed from it by dropping the termination cris, 
and adding the other terminations, as given above. 

3 Donnais. 4 punissais. 5 devais. 6 recevais. 7 vendais. 
8 acquerais. 9 allais. 10 assaillais. 11 battais. 12 bouillais. 
13 buvais. 14 concluais. 15 confisais. 16 connaissais. 
17 cousais. 18 courais. 19 craignais. 20 croyais. 21 crois- 
sais. 22 cueillais. 23 disais. 24 dormais. 25 ecrivais. 
26 envoyais. 27 faisais. 28 fuyais. 29 haissais. 30 joignais. 
31 lisais. 32 luisais. 33 maudissais. 34mentais. 35 mettais. 
36 moulais. 37 mourais. 38 mouvais. 39 naissais. 40 offrais- 
41 ouvrais. 42 paissais. 43 peignais. 44 plaisais. 45 pouvais. 
46 pourvoyais. 47 prenais. 48 predisais. 49 prevalais. 50 pre- 
voyais. 51 reduisais. 52 resolvais. 53 riais. 54 rompais. 
55 savais. 56 servais. 57 suivais. 58 trayais. 59 vainquais. 
60 valais. 61 venais. 62 vetais. 63 vivais. 64 voyais. 65 vou- 
lais. 66 mangeais." 67 avancais. 68 Calais. 69 menais. 70 appe- 
lais. 71 jetais. 72 essayais. 



156 ELEMENTARY 

Indicative Mood, Preterite or Past Tense. 

N. B, The pupil must be careful not to confound this tense with the 
one called Perfect in most English Grammars. The latter corresponds 
to the Compound of the Present, the Parfait Indefini, or Passe Indefini 
of French verbs; as, I have loved, Tai aime. 



lHad 


hadst 


had 


had 


had 


had. 


2 was 


wast 


was 


were 


were 


were 



3 gave or did give, gavest or didst give, etc. 4 punished or 
did punish, punishedst or didst punish, etc. 5 owed or did owe, 
etc. 6 received or did receive, etc. 7 sold or did sell, soldest 
or didst sell, etc. 8 acquired. 9 went. 10 assailed. 11 beat. 
12 boiled. 13 drank. 14 concluded. 15 pickled. 16 knew. 
17 sewed. 18 ran. 19 feared. 20 believed. 21 grew. 
22 gathered. 23 said. 24 slept. 25 wrote. 26 sent. 27 did 

or made. 28 fled. 29 hated. 30 joined. 31 read. 32 

33 cursed. 34 lied. 35 put. 36 ground. 37 died. 38 moved. 

39 was born. 40 offered. 41 opened. 42 43 painted. 

44 pleased. 45 was able or could. 46 provided. 47 took. 
48 foretold. 49 prevailed. 50 foresaw. 51 reduced. 52 re- 
solved. 53 laughed. 54 broke. 55 knew. 56 served. 

57 followed. 58 59 conquered. 60 was worth. 61 came, 

earnest, came, came, came, came, or did come, etc. 62 clothed 
or clad. 63 lived. 64 saw. 65 was willing or would. 66 eat. 
67 went forward. 68 concealed. 69 led. 70 called. 71 threw. 
72 tried. 

Indicative Mood, Present Tense. 

1 (I) shall have, (thou) wilt have, (he) will have, (we) shall 
have, (you) will have, (they) will have. 2 shall be. 3 shall 
give. 4 shall punish. 5 shall owe. 6 shall receive. 7 shall 
sell. 8 shall acquire. 9 shall go. 10 shall assail. 11 shall 
beat. 12 shall boil. 13 shall drink. 14 shall conclude. 
15 shall pickle. 16 shall know. 17 shall sew. 18 shall run. 
19 shall fear. 20 shall believe. 21 shall grow. 22 shall 
gather. 23 shall say. 24 shall sleep. 25 shall write. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 



157 



Preterit Defini, ou Passe Defini. 
Terminations in the first conjugation, ai, as, a, dmes, cites, 
erent. In the other conjugations, s, s, t, mes, tes, rent. 



1 Eus 
2fus 
3 donnai 


eus 
fus 
donnas 


eut 
fut 
donna 


eumes 
fumes 
donnames 


elites 
futes 
donnates 


eurent. 
furent. 
donnerent 


4 punis 

5 dus 


punis 
dut 


punit 
dut 


punimes 
dumes 


punites 
dutes 


punirent 
durent 


6 re^us 

7 vendis 


recus 
vendis 


recut 
vendit 


recumes 
vendimes 


recutes 
vendites 


recurent 
vendirent 



N. B. The first person singular of the following verbs is given ; from 
this the other persons are formed by dropping the termination of the first 
person and adding the other terminations, as given above. 

This remark applies to the other tenses also. 

8 Acquis. 9 allai. 10 assaillis. 11 battis. 12 bouillis. 
13 bus. 14 conclus. 15 conns. 16 connus. 17 cousis. 18 courus. 
19 craignis. 20 crus. 21 crus. 22 cueillis. 23 dis. 24 dor- 
mis. 25 ecrivis. 26 envoyai. 27 fis. 28 fuis. 29 hai's. 
30 joignis. 31 lus. 32 wanting. 33 maudis. 34 mentis. 
35 mis. 36 moulus. 37 mourus. 38 mus. 39 naquis. 40 offris. 
41 ouvris. 4.2 wanting. 43 peignis. 44 plus. 45 pus. 46 pourvus. 
47 pris. 48 predis. 49 prevalus. 50 previs. 51 reduisis. 
52 resolus. 53 ris. 54 rompis. 55 sus. 56 servis. 57 sui- 
vis. 58 wanting. 59 vainquis. 60 valus. 61 [model for verbs 
ending in enir,) vins, vins, vint, vimnes, vintes, vinrent. 62 vetis. 
63 vecus. 64 vis. 65 voulus. 66 mangeai. 67 avancai. 
68 celai. 69 menai. 70 appelai. 71 jetai. 72 essayai. 

Futur Absolu. 

Terminations, rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, ront. 

1 Aurai, auras, aura, aurons, aurez, auront. 2 serai. 3 don- 

nerai. 4 punirai. 5 devrai. 6 recevrai. 7 vendrai. 8 ac- 

querrai. 9 irai. 10 assaillirai. 11 battrai. 12 bouillirai. 

13 boirai. 14 conclurai. 15 confirai. 16 connaitrai. 17 cou- 

drai. 18 courrai. 19 craindrai. 20 croirai. 21 croitrai. 

22 cueillerai. 23 dirai. 24 dormirai. 25 ccrirai. 

14 



158 ELEMENTARY 

26 shall send. 27 shall do or make. 28 shall flee. 29 shall 
hate. 30 shall join. 31 shall read. 32 shall shine. 33 shall 
curse. 34 shall lie. 35 shall put. 36 shall grind. 37 shall 
die. 38 shall move. 39 shall be born. 40 shall offer. 41 shall 
open. 42 shall graze. 43 shall paint. 44 shall please. 45 shall 
be able. 46 shall provide. 47 shall take. 48 shall foretell. 
49 shall prevail. 50 shall foresee. 51 shall reduce. 52 shall 
resolve. 53 shall laugh. 54 shall break. 55 shall know, 56 shall' 
serve. 57 shall follow. 58 shall milk. 59 shall conquer. 60 shall 
be worth. 61 shall come. 62 shall clothe. 63 shall live. 64 shall 
see. 65 shall be willing. 66 shall eat. 67 shall go forward. 
68 shall conceal. 69 shall lead. 70 shall call. 71 shall throw. 
72 shall try. 

Conditional Moocl } Present Tense. 
1 (I) would have, or (I) should have, or (I) could have, or (I) 
might have, (thou) wouldst have, &c. 2 would be. 3 would 
give. 4 would punish. 5 would owe. 6 would receive. 7 would 
sell. 8 would acquire. 9 would go. 10 would assail. 11 would 
beat. 12 would boil. 13 would drink. 14 would conclude. 
15 would pickle. 16 would know. 17 would sew. 18 would 
run. 19 would fear. 20 would believe. 21 would grow. 22 would 
gather. 23 would say. 24 would sleep. 25 would write. 
26 would send. 27 would do or make. 28 would flee. 29 would 
hate. 30 would join. 31 would read. 32 would shine. 33 would 
curse. 34 would lie. 35 would put. 36 would grind. 37 would 
die. 38 would move. 39 would be born. 40 would offer 
41 would open. 42 would graze. 43 would paint. 44 would 
please. 45 would be able. 46 would provide. 47 would take. 
48 would foretell. 49 would prevail. 50 would foresee. 
51 would reduce. 52 would resolve. 53 would laugh. 54 would 
break. 55 would know. 56 would serve. 57 would follow. 
58 would milk. 59 would conquer. 60 would be worth. 61 would 
come. 62 would clothe. 63 would live. 64 would see. 65 would be 
willing. 66 would eat. 67 would go forward. 68 would con- 
ceal. 69 would lead. 70 would call. 71 would throw. 
72 would try. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 159 

26 enverrai. 27 ferai. 28 fuirai. 29 hairai. 30 joindrai. 
31 lirai. 32 hiirai. 33 'maudirai. 34 mentirai. 35 mettrai. 
36 moudrai. 37 mourrai. 38 mouvrai. 39 naitrai. 40 offrirai. 
41 ouvrirai. 42 paitrai. 43 peindrai. 44 plairai. 45 pourrai. 
46 pourvoirai. 47 prendrai. 48 predirai. 49 prevaudrai. 
50 prevoirai. 51 reduirai. 52 resoudrai. 53 rirai. 54 rom- 
prai. 55 saurai. 56 servirai. 57 suivrai. 58 trairai. 59 vaincrai. 
60 vaudrai. 61 viendrai. 62 vetirai. 63 vivrai. 64 verrai. 

65 voudrai. 66 mangerai. 67 avancerai. 68 celerai. 69 nie- 
nerai. 70 appellerai. 71 jetterai. 72 essaierai. 

The future tenses in italics are not formed regularly. 
Conditionnel Present. 

Terminations, raiSj rais, rait, rions, riez, raient. 

1 Aurais, aurais, aurait, aurions, auriez, auraient. 2 serais. 
3 donnerais. 4 punirais. 5 devrais. 6 recevrais. 7 vendrais. 
8 acquerrais. 9 irais. 10 assaillirais. 11 battrais. 12 bouil- 
lirais. 13 boirais. 14 conclurais. 15 contirais. 16 connai- 
trais. 17 coudrais. 18 courrais. 19 craindrais. 20 croirais. 
21 croitrais. 22 cueillerais. 23 dirais. 24 dormirais. 25 ecrirais. 
26 enverrais. 27 ferai s. 28 fuirais. 29 haYrais. 30 joindrais. 
31 lirais. 32 luirais. 33 maudirais. 34 mentirais. 35 met- 
tTais. 36 moudrais. 37 mourrais. 38 mouvrais. 39 naitrais. 
40 offrirais. 41 ouvrirais. 42 paitrais. 43 peindrais. 44 plai- 
rais. 45 jyourrais. 46 pourvoirais. 47 prendrais. 48 predi- 
rais. 49 prkvaudrais. 50 prevoirais. 51 reduirais. 52 resou- 
drais. 53 rirais. 54 romprais. 55 saurais. 56 servirais. 
57 suivrais. 58 trairais. 59 vaincrais. 60 vaudrais. 61 men- 
drais. 62 vetirais. 63 vivrais. 64 verrais. 65 voudrais. 

66 mangerais. 67 avancerais. 68 celerais. 69 menerais. 
70 appellerais. 71 jetterais. 72 essaierais. 

The tenses in italics are not formed regularly. 



160 



ELEMENTARY 



Imperative Mood, Present Tense. 

The imperative mood has only three persons, viz., the second person 
singular, and the first and second persons plural. 

1 Have (thou) or do thou have, let us have, have ye or you, or 
do have. 2 be thou, &c. 3 give thou, &c. 4 punish thou, &c. 5 owe 
thou, &c. 6 receive thou, &c. 7 sell thou, &c. 8 acquire thou, &c. 
9 go thou, &c. 10 assail thou, &c. 11 beat thou, &c. 12 boil 
thou, &c. 13 drink thou, &c. 14 conclude thou, &c. 15 pickle 
thou, &c. 16 know, thou, &c. 17 sew thou, &c. 18 run thou, 
&c. 19 fear thou, &c. 20 believe thou, &c. 

21 grow thou, &c. 22 gather thou, &c. 

23 say thou, &c. 24 sleep thou, &c. 

25 write tho.u, &c. 26 send thou, &c. 

27 do thou or make thou, &c. 28 flee thou, &c. 



29 hate thou, &c. 
31 read thou, &c. 
33 curse thou, &c. 
35 put thou, &c. 
37 die thou, &c. 
39 be thou born, &c. 
41 open thou, &c. 
43 paint thou, &c. 

45 

47 take thou, &c. 
49 prevail thou, &c 
51 reduce thou, &c. 
53 laugh thou, &c. 
55 know thou, &c. 
57 follow thou, &c. 
59 conquer thou, &c. 
61 come thou, &c. 
63 live thou, &c. 

65 be thou willing, let us be willing, be ye willing, or be so good. 

66 eat thou, &c. 67 go thou forward, &c. 
68 conceal thou, &c. 69 lead thou, &c. 

70 call thou, &c. 71 throw thou, &c. 

72 try thou, &c. 



30 join thou, &c. 
32 shine thou, &c. 
34 lie thou, &c. 
36 grind thou, &c. 
38 move thou, &c. 
40 offer thou, &c. 
42 graze thou, &c. 
44 please thou, &c. 
46 provide thou, &c. 
48 foretell thou, &c. 
50 foresee thou, &c. 
52 resolve thou, &c. 
54 break thou, &c. 
56 serve thou, &c. 
58 milk thou, &c. 
60 be thou worth, &c. 
62 clothe thou, &c. 
64 see thou, &c. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 161 

Imperatif Present. 

1 {2d. per. sing.) Aie, (1st. per. plur.) ayons, (2d. per. plur.) 
ayez. 2 sois, soyons, soyez. 3 donne, donnons, donnez. 4 punis, 
punissons, punissez. 5 dois, devons, devez. 6 rec,ois, recevons, 
recevez. 7 vends, vendons, vendez. 8 acquiers, acquerons, 
acquerez. 9 va, allons, allez. 10 assaille, assaillons, assaillez. 
11 bats, battons, battez. 12 bous, bouillons, bouillez. 13 bois, 
buvons, buvez. 14 conclus, concluons, concluez. 15 conns, 
confisons, confisez. 16 connais, connaissons, connaissez. 17 couds, 
cousons, cousez. 18 cours, courons, courez. 19 crains, craig 
nons, craignez. 20 crois, croyons, croyez. 21 crois, croissons, 
croissez. 22 cueille, cueillons, cueillez. 23 dis, disons, dites. 
24 dors, dormons, dormez. 25 ecris, ecrivons, ecrivez. 26 en- 
voie, envoy ons, envoyez. 27 fais, faisons, faites. 28 fuis, fuy- 
ons, fuyez. 29 hais, haissons, hai'ssez. 30 joins, joignons, 
joignez. 31 lis, lisons, lisez. 32 luis, luisons, luisez. 33 mau- 
dis, maudissons, maudissez. 34 mens, mentons, mentez. 35 mets, 
mettons, mettez. 36 mouds, moulons, nioulez. 37 nieurs, mou- 
rons, mourez, 38 meus, mouvons, mouvez. 39 nais, naissons, 
naissez. 40 offre, offrons, offrez. 41 ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez. 
42 pais, paissons, paissez. 43 peins, peignons, peignez. 44 plais, 
plaisons, plaisez. 45 wanting. 46 pourvois, pourvoyons, pour- 
voyez. 47 prends, prenons, prenez. 48 predis, predisons, pre- 
disez. 49 prevaux, prevalons, prevalez. 50 prevois, prevoyons, 
prevoyez. 51 reduis, reduisons, reduisez. 52 resous, resolvons, 
resolvez. 53 ris, rions, riez. 54 romps, rompons, rompez. 
55 sache, sacbons, sacbez. 56 sers, servons, servez. 57 suis, 
suivons, suivez. 58 trais, trayons, trayez. 59 vaincs, vainquons, 
vainquez. 60 vaux, valons, valez. 61 viens, venons, venez. 
62 vets, vetons, vetez. 63 vis, vivons, vivez. 64 vois, voyons, 
voyez. 65 veux, voulons, voulez, or veuillez. 6Q mange, man- 
geons, mangez. 67 avance, avan9ons, avancez. 68 cele, colons, 
celez. 69 mene, menons, menez. 70 appelle, appelons, appelez. 
71 jette, jetons, jetez. 72 essaie, essayons, essayez. 

14* 



162 ELEMENTARY 

Subjunctive Mood, Present Tense. 
1 That I may have, that thou mayst have, that he may have, 
that we may have, that you may have, that they may have. 

2 That I may be, &c. 

3 That I may give, &c. 

4 That I may punish, &c. 

5 That I may owe, &c. 

6 That I may receive, &c. 

7 That I may sell, &c. 

8 That I may acquire, &c 

9 That I may go, &c. 

10 That I may assail, &c. 

11 That I may beat, &c. 

12 That I may boil, &c. 

13 That I may drink, &c. 

14 That I may conclude, &c. 

15 That I may pickle, &c. 

16 That I may know, &c. 

17 That I may sew, &c. 

18 That I may run, &c. 

19 That I may fear, &c. 

20 That I may believe, &c. 

21 That I may grow, &e. 

22 That I may gather, &c. 

23 That I may say, &c. 

24 That I may sleep, &c. 

25 That I may write, &c. 

26 That I may send, &c. 

27 That I may do or make, &c. 

28 That I may flee, &c. 

29 That I may hate, &c. 

30 That I may join, &c. 

31 That I may read, &c. 

32 That I may shine, &c. 

33 That I may curse, &c. 

34 That I may lie, &c. 

35 That I may put, &c. 






FRENCH EXERCISES. 163 

Subjonctif Present ou Futur. 
Terminations, e, es, e, io?is, iez, ent, except in Avoir and Etre. 

1 Que j' aie, que tu aies, qu' il ait, que nous ayons, que vous 
ayez, qu' ils aient. 

N. B. In the following* verbs the conjunction que, and the pronouus^'e 
or f, tu, il, nous, vous, ils, are omitted for the sake of brevity ; but, in 
writing or reciting- the verbs, the pupil must supply them as in the pre- 
ceding model, Que fate, Sfc. 

2 Sois, sois, soit, soyons, soyez, soient. 3 donne, donn.es, 
donne, donnions, donniez, donnent. 4punisse, punisses, punisse, 
punissions, punissiez, punissent. 5 doive, doives, doive, devions, 
deviez, doivent. 6 recoive, recoives, recoive, recevions, receviez, 
recoivent. ? vende, vendes, vende, vendions, vendiez, vendent. 
8 acquiere, acquieres, acquiere, acquerions, aequeriez, acquie- 
rent. 9 aille, ailles, aille, allions, alliez, aillent. 10 assailie. 
assailles, assailie, assaillions, assailliez, assaillent. 11 batte ? 
battes, batte, battions, battiez, battent. 12 bouille, bouilles, 
bouille, bouillions, bouilliez, bouillent. 13 boive, boives, boive, 
buvions, buviez, boivent. 14 conclue, conclues, conclue, con- 
cluions, concluiez, concluent. 15 confise, confises, confise, con- 
fisions, confisiez, confisent. 16 connaisse, connaisses, connaisse, 
connaissions, connaissiez, connaissent. 17 couse, couses, couse, 
cousions, cousiez, cousent. 18 coure, coures, coure, courions, 
couriez, courent. 19 craigne, craignes, craigne, craignions, craig- 
niez, craignent. 20 croie, croies, croie, croyions, croyiez, croient. 
21 croisse, croisses, croisse, croissions, croissiez, croissent. 22 cu- 
eille, cueilles, cueille, cueillions, cueilliez, cueillent. 23 dise, dises, 
dise, disions, disiez, disent. 24 dorme, dorrnes, dorme, donnions, 
dormiez, dorment. 25 ecrive, ecrives, ecrive, ecrivions, ecriviez, 
ccrivent. 26 envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyions, envoyiez, envoi- 
ent. 27 fasse, fasses, fasse, fassions, fassiez, fassent. 28 fuie, 
fuies, fuie, fuyions, fuyiez, fuient. 29 hai'sse, ha'isses, ha'isse, 
haissions, ha'issiez, ha'issent. 30 joigne, joignes, joigne, joignions, 
joigniez, joignent. 31 lise, lises, lise, lisions, lisiez, lisent. 
32 luise, luises, luise, luisions, luisiez, luiscnt. 33 niaudisse, 
niaudisses, maudisse, maudissions, maudissiez, maifdissent. 
34 mente, mentes, mente, mentions, mentiez, mentcnt. 34 mette, 
mettes, mette, mettions, mettiez, mettent. 



164 ELEMENTARY 

36 That I may grind, &c. 

37 That I may die, &c. 

38 That I may move, &c. 

39 That I may be born, &c. 

40 That I may offer, &e. 

41 That I may open, &c. 

42 That I may graze, &c. 

43 That I may paint, &c. 

44 That I may please, &c. 

45 That I may be able, &c. 

46 That I may provide, &c. 

47 That I may take, &c. 

48 That I may foretell, &c. 

49 That I may prevail, &c. 

50 That I may foresee, &c. 

51 That I may reduce, &c. 

52 That I may resolve, &c. 

53 That I may laugh, &c. 

54 That I may break, &e. 

55 That I may know, &c. 

56 That I may serve, &c. 

57 That I may follow, &c. 

58 That I may milk, &c. 

59 That I may conquer, &c. 

60 That I may be worth, &c. 

61 That I may come, &c. 

62 That I may clothe, &c. 

63 That I may live, &c. 

64 That I may see, &c. 

65 That I may be willing, &c. 

66 That I may eat, &c. 

67 That I may go forward, &c. 

68 That I may conceal, &c. 

69 That I may lead, &c. 

70 That I may call, &c. 

71 That I may throw, &o 

72 That I may try, &c. 



PRFSrOH EXERCISES. 1C5 

36 moule, raoules, moule, nioulions, mouliez, inonlent. 37 meure 5 
meures, rueure, mourions, mouriez, nieurent. 38 meuve, meuves, 
meuve, mouvions, mouviez, roeuvent. 39 naisse, naisses, naisse, 
naissions, naissiez, naissent. 40 offre, offres, offre, offrions, off- 
riez, offrent. 41 ouvre, ouvres, ouvre, ouvrions, ouvriez, ouv- 
rent. 42 paisse, paisses, paisse, paissions, paissiez, paissent. 

43 peigne, peignes, peigne, peignions, peigniez, peignent. 

44 plaise, plaises, plaise, plaisions, plaisiez, plaisent. 45 
puisse, puisses, puisse, puissions, puissiez, puissent. 46 pour- 
voie, pourvoies, pourvoie, pourvoyions, pourvoyiez, pourvoient. 

47 prenne, prennes, prenne, prenions, preniez, prennent. 

48 predise, predises, predise, predisions, predisiez, predisent. 

49 prevale, prevales, prevale, prevalions, prevaliez, prevalent. 

50 prevoie, prevoies, prevoie, prevoyions, prevoyiez, prevoient. 

51 reduisc, reduises, reduise, reduisions, reduisiez, reduisent. 

52 resolve, resolves, resolve, resolvions, resolviez, resolvent. 

58 rie, ries, rie, riions, riiez, rient. 54 rompe, rompes, 
rompe, roropions, rompiez, rompent. 55 sache, saches, 
sache, sachions, sachiez, sachent. 56 serve, serves, serve, ser- 
vions, serviez, servent. 57 suive, suives, suive, suivions, suiviez, 
suivent. 58 traie, traies, traie, trayions, trayiez, traient. 

59 vainque, vainques, vainque, vainquions, vainquiez, vainquent. 

60 vaille, vailles, vaille, valions, valiez, vaillent. 61 vienne, 
viennes, vienne, venions, veniez, viennent. 62 vete, vetes, vete, 
vetions, vetiez, vetent. 63 vive, vives, vive, vivions, viviez, vi- 
vent. 64 voie, voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient. 65 veuille, 
veuilles, veuille, voulions, vouliez, veuillent. QQ mange, manges, 
mange, mangions, mangiez, mangent. 67 avance, avances, 
avance, avancions, avanciez, avancent. 68 cele, celes, cele, ce- 
lions, celiez, celent. 69 mene, m&nes, mene, menions, meniez, 
menent. 70 appelle, appelles, appelle, appelions, appeliez, ap- 
pellent. 71 jette, jettes, jette, jetions, jetiez, jettent. 72 es.saie, 
essaies, essaie, essayions, essayiez, essaient. 



166 ELEMENTARY 

Subjunctive Mood, Imperfect or Past Tense. 

1 That I might have, that thou mightst have, that he might 
have, that we might have, that you might have, that they might 
have. 

2 That I might be, &c. 

3 That I might give, &c. 

4 That I might punish, &c. 

5 That I might owe, &c. 

6 That I might receive, &c. 

7 That I might sell, &c. 

8 That I might acquire, &c. 

9 That I might go, &c 

10 That I might assail, &o. 

11 That I might beat, &c. 

12 That I might boil, &c. 

, 13 That I might drink, &c. 

14 That I might conclude, &c. 

15 That I might pickle, &c. 

16 That I might know, &c. 

17 That I might sew, &c. 

18 That I might run, &c. 

19 That I might fear, &e. 

20 That I might believe, &c. 

21 That I might grow, &c. 

22 That I might gather, &c. 

23 That I might say, &c. 

24 That I might sleep, &c. 

25 That I might write, &c. 

26 That I might send, &c. 

27 That I might do or make, &c. 

28 That I might flee, &,c. 

29 That I might hate, &c. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 167 

Imparfait du Suhjonctif. 

Terminations, sse, sses, t (silent,) ssions, ssiez, ssent. 

1 Que j'eusse, que tu eusses, qu'il eufc, que nous eussions, que 
vous eussiez, qu'ils eussent. 

N. B. In the following verbs the conjunction and the pronouns are 
omitted, for the sake of brevity, but in writing or reciting the verbs, the 
pupil must supply them, as in the preceding model : Quefeusse, &c. 

2 Fusse, fusses, fut, fussions, fussiez, fussent. 3 donnasse, 
donnasses, donnat, donnassions, donnassiez, donnassent. 4 pu- 
nisse, punisses, punit, punissions, punissiez, punissent. 5 dusse, 
dusses, dut, dussions, dussiez, dussent. 6 recusse, recusses, 
recut, recessions, recjissiez, recjissent. 7 vendisse, vendisses, 
vendit, vendissions, vendissiez, vendissent. 8 acquisse, acquis- 
ses, acquit, acquissions, acquissiez, acquissent. 9 allasse, allas- 
ses, allat, allassions, allassiez, allassent. 10 assaillisse, assail- 
lisses, assaillit, assaillissions, assaillissiez, assaillissent. 11 bat- 
tisse, battisses, battit, battissions, battissiez, battissent. 12 bou- 
illisse, bouillisses, bouillit, bouillissions, bouillissiez, bouillissent. 
13 busse, busses, but, bussions, bussiez, bussent. 14 conclusse, 
conclusses, conclut, conclussions, conclussiez, conclussent. 15 con- 
fisse, confisses, confit, confissions, confissiez, confissent. 16 con- 
nusse, connusses, connut, connussions, connussiez, connussent. 

17 cousisse, cousisses, cousit, cousissions, cousissiez, cousissent. 

18 courusse, courusses, courut, courussions, courussiez, courus- 
rent. 19 craignisse, craignisses, craignit, craignissions, craig- 
nissiez, craignissent. 20 crusse, crusses, crut, crussions, crus- 
siez, crussent. 21 crusse, crusses, crut, crussions, criissiez, 
crussent. 22 cueillisse, cueillisses, cueillit, cueillissions, cueil- 
lissiez, cueillissent. 23 disse, disses, dit, dissions, dissiez, dis- 
sent. 24 dormisse, dormisses, dormit, dornrissions, dormissiez, 
dormissent." 25 ecrivisse, ecrivisses, ecrivit, ecrivissions, ecrivis- 
siez, ecrivissent. 26 envoyasse, envoyasses, envoyat, envoyas- 
sions, envoyassiez, envoyassent. 27 fisse, fisses, fit, fissions, fis- 
siez, fissent. 28 fuisse, fuisses, fuit, fuissions, fuissiez, fuissent. 
29 ha'isse, lia'isses,hait, haissions, haVssiez, haissent. 



108 ELEMENTARY 

30 That I might join, &c. 

31 That I might read, &c. 

32 Wanting. 

33 That I might curse, &c. 

34 That I might lie, &c. 

35 That I might put, &c. 

36 That I might grind, &c. 

37 That I might die, &e. 

38 That I might move, &c. 

39 That I might be born, &c. 

40 That I might offer, &c. 

41 That I might open, &c. 

42 Wanting, 

43 That I might paint, &c. 

44 That I might please, &c. 

45 That I might be able, &c. 

46 That I might provide, &,c. 

47 That I might take, &e. 

48 That I might foretell, &c. 

49 That I might prevail, &c. 

50 That I might foresee, &c. 

51 That I might reduce, &c. 

52 That I might resolve, &c. 

53 That I might laugh, &c. 

54 That I might break, &c. 

55 That I might know, &c. 

56 That I might serve, &c. 

57 That I might follow, &c. 

58 Wanting. 

59 That I might conquer, &c. 

60 That I might be worth, &c. 

61 That I might come, &c. 

62 That I might clothe, &c. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 169 

30 joignisse, joignisses, joignit, joignissions, joignissiez, joignis- 
sent. 31 lusse, lusses, Kit, lussions, lussiez, lussent. 32 want- 
ing. 23 maudisse, maudisses, maudit, roaudissions, maudissiez? 
inaudissent. 34 mentisse, mentisses, nientit, raentissioiis, men- 
tissiez, mentissent. 35 misse, misses, mit, missions, missiez, 
imssent. 36 moulusse, inoulusses, mouliit, moulussions, moulus- 
siez, nioulusseiit. 37 mourusse, mourusses, mourut, mourussions, 
mourussiez, mourussent. 38 musse, musses, mut, mussions, mus- 
siez, mussent. 39 naquisse, naquisses, naquit, naquissions, na- 
quissiez, naquissent. 40 offrisse, offrisses, offrit, offrissions, off- 
rissiez, offrissent. 41 ouvrisse, ouvrisses, ouvrit, ouvrissions, 
ouvrissiez, ouvrissent. 42 wanting. 43 peignisse, peignisses, 
peignit, peignissions, peignissiez, peignissent. 44 plusse, plusses^ 
plut, plussions, plussiez, plussent. 45 pusse, pusses, put, pus- 
sions, pussiez, pussent. 46 pourvusse, pourvusses, pourviit, 
pourvussions, pourvussiez, pourvussent. 47 prisse, prisses, prit, 
prissions, prissiez, prissent. 48 predisse, predisses, predit, pre- 
dissions, predissiez, predissent. 49 prevalusse, prevalusses, pre- 
valut, prevalussions, prevalussiez, prevalussent. 50 previsse, 
previsses, previt, previssions, previssiez, previssent. 51 redui- 
sisse, reduisisses, reduisit, reduisissions, reduisissiez, reduisis- 
sent. 52 resolusse, resolusses, resolut, resolussions, resolussiez 
resolussent. 53 risse, risses, r it, rissions, rissiez, rissent. 54 rom- 
pisse, rompisses, rompit, rompissions, rompissiez, rompissent. 
55 susse, susses, siit, sussions, sussiez, sussent. 56 servisse, 
servisses, servit, servissions, servissiez, servissent. 57 suivisse, 
suivisses, suivit, suivissions, suivissiez, suivisseut. 58 wanting. 
59 vainquisse, vainquisses, vainquit, vainquissions , vainquissiez, 
vainquissent. 60 valusse, valusses, valut, valussions, valussiez, 
valussent. 61 vinsse, vinsses, vmt, vinssions, vinssiez, vinssent. 
62 vetisse, vetisses, vetit, vetissions, vetissiez, vetissent. 

15 



170 



ELEMENTARY 



63 That 

64 That 

65 That 

66 That 

67 That 

68 That 

69 That 

70 That 

71 That 

72 That 



I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 
I might 



live, &c. 

see, &c. 

be willing, &c. 

eat, &c. 

go forward, &c. 

conceal, &e. 

lead, &c. 

call, &c. 

throw, &c. 

try, &c. 



The Defective Verb to fail. 

Inf. pres. To fail. Pres. part, failing. Past part, failed. 
Ind. pret. I failed, thou failedst, he failed. 

We failed, you failed, they failed. 



To blow, to open, (as a flower.) 



Inf. pres. To blow. 
Ind. pres. It blows, 

" pret. It will blow 
Cond. It would blow, 



Past part, blown. 

they blow, 
they will blow, 
they would blow. 



•*U\JU.\A» J_U VYUU.J.VA MJ.WV, tiic y VYUU1U MXUVY. 

Sub. pres. That it may blow, that they may blow 



To Fry. 



Inf. pres. To fr 



Past part, fried. 



Ind. pres. 


I fry, 


thou friest, 


he fries. 


" fut. 


I shall fry, 


thou wilt fry, 


he will fry. 




We shall fry, 


you will fry, 


they will fry. 


Cond. pres. 


I would fry, 


thou wouldst fry, 


he would fry. 




We would fry, 


you would fry, 


they would fry. 


Imperative, 


Fry thou. 







FRENCH EXERCISES. 



171 



63 vecusse, vecusses, vecut, veeussions, vecussiez, vecussent. 

64 visse, visses, vit, vissions, vissiez, vissent. 65 voulusse, vou- 
lusses, voulut, voulussions, voulussiez, voulussent. 66 nian- 
geasse, mangeasses, mangeat, maugeassions, rnangeassiez, rnan- 
geassent. 67 avancasse, avancasses, avancat, avancassions, avan- 
cassiez, avari9assent. 68 celasse, celasses, celat, celassions, ce- 
lassiez, celassent. 69 rnenasse,' rnenasses, ruenat, menassions, 
nienassiez, menassent. 70 appelasse, appelasses, appelat, appe- 
lassions, appelassiez, appelassent. 71 jetasse, jetasses, jetat, je- 
tassions, jetassiez, jetassent. 72 essayasse, essayasses, essayat, 
essayassions, essayassiez, essayassent. 

Faillir, 

faillant, failli. 

tu faillis, il faillit. 

vous faillites, ils faillirent. 

Eclore. 



Faillir. 
Je faillis, 
Nous faillimes, 



Eclore. 
II eclot, 
II eclora, 
II eclorait, 
Qu'il eclose, 

Frire. 
Je fris, 
Je frirai, 
Nous irirons, 
Je frirais, 
Nous fririons, 
Fris. 



Frire. 

tu fris, 
tu friras, 
vous frirez, 
tu frirais, 
vous fririez. 



Eclos. 
ils eclosent. 
ils ecloront. 
ils ecloraient. 
qu'ils eclosent. 

Frit, 
il frit, 
il frira. 
ils friront. 
il frirait. 
ils friraient. 



This verb, (defective) is only used in the above few persons and tenses 
and in all the compound tenses, which are formed with Avoir. 

To supply the persons and tenses which are wanting, we use the dif- 
ferent tenses of Faire, to make, with the infinitive present of Frire ; as 
nous faisons frire, vous faites frire, ils font frire, & c. 



172 ELEMENTARY 



EASY NAEEATIVES. 

N. B. There is so much difference between the idioms of the English 
and French languages, that it is almost impossible for beginners to make 
really good translations into French. A few literal translations from 
the French are therefore added, to be re-transiated into that language. 
Grammatical accuracy, merely, will be necessary to make them good 
French. The pupil will be obliged to use a French Dictionary in trans- 
lating the following anecdotes and narratives. 

A poor man, who was a porter at Milan, found a bag in which 
there were two hundred crowns. He who had found it, informed 
by a public advertisement, came to the boarding house where the 
porter worked, and having given good proofs that the bag be- 
longed to him, the porter returned it to him. Full of joy and 
gratitude, he offered to his benefactor twenty crowns, which the 
latter absolutely 1 refused. He came down 2 then to ten, then to 
five. But finding him always inexorable, " I have lost nothing," 
said he, in a tone of anger, throwing down 3 his bag ; " I have lost 
nothing, if you will not receive anything." The porter accepted 
five crowns, which he immediately 1 gave to the poor. 

J See remark on Adverbs, page 108. 2 Came down from se reduire. 
s Down, par terre. 



One day when (que) the dauphin, the father of Louis the Six- 
teenth, was hunting with the king in the environs of Compi.egne, 
his coachman wished to cross a piece of ground, where the harvest 
had not been got in. 1 Having perceived it, he called 2 to him to 
go back 3 into the road. The coachman remarked to him that he 
would not arrive in (a) time at the place of meeting. 4 " lie it 
so," replied the prince ; " I would rather 5 miss ten appointments 4 
than occasion injury to the field of a poor countryman." 

1 Where the harvest, &c, write, of which the crop was not yet 
harvested (levee.) ^Called from crier. 3 Go back, rentrer. *Rendovuus, 
5 Would rather, from aimer mieur. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 173 

Alphonso, king of Aragon, was riding one day on horseback. 
A page, who was walking before him, wounded him through heed- 
lessness, by pulling the branch of a tree, which struck him in (a) 
the eye, and made the blood gush out. This accident at first 1 
frightened all the lords of his suite, who instantly 1 hastened, and 
drew near 2 him. The king, notwithstanding the pain that he felt, 
cheered them, and then 1 said to them quietly 3 : " What gives me 
the most concern, 4 is the sorrow of this poor page, who is the 
cause of my wound." 

'See remark on Adverbs, page 103. 2 Drew near, from s'approcher de. 
3 With a tranquil air. 4 peine, 



A wounded soldier having been forgotten on the field of battle, 
one only friend, his companion, his dog, had remained near 1 him. 
Inconsolable, without food, he had passed two days over his 
master's body, resolved not to survive him (lui.) Suddenly he 
perceived (comp, pres) some slight movement, The eye of his 
cherished master opened again 2 to the light. He breathes ! He 
still lives ! The generous animal covers him with (de) caresses ; 
he licks his wounds, he warms his icy-cold 3 limbs. The soldier 
lifts himself up 4 , but, exhausted by his long agony, he falls back 
powerless 5 ; he will die of weakness. Where can he look for any 
assistance ? Where find succour ? On all sides silence and 
death ! But what (que) can not instinct directed by love accom- 
plish % With an eager scent 6 , the dog questions space, and 
bounding with (de) joy, he sets off like an arrow, returns still 
more quickly, and brings to his fainting master the half of a loaf 
which he has discovered in the midst of the dead bodies 7 . 

l aupres de. 2 opened again, comp. pres. of se rouvrir. s glaces. 4 to lift 
up one's self, se soulever. b sans force. *nez. 7 dead bodies, cadavres. 

15* 



J 



174 ELEMENTARY 

The reply which the famous Cornelia, mother of the Gracchi 1 , made 
to a lady of Campania 2 , is very celebrated. This lady, who was very 
rich, and still more haughty, after having 3 displayed before the eyes 
of Cornelia, in a visit that she made 4 to her, her diamonds, pearls, 
and most precious jewels, begged her earnestly 5 to show her hers 
also. Cornelia dexterously turned 6 the conversation upon an other 
subject 7 until the return of her sons, who had gone to the public 
schools. When they returned 8 , and 9 entered into their mother's room : 
"Behold," said she to the lady of Campania, showing them to her, 
"behold my jewels and my ornaments." 

1 Gracques. 2 of Campania, Campanienne. 3 Infin. mood. 4 from rendre. 
b avec instance. 6 Jittomber. ' l matiere ) i. 8 Comp. Pret. 9 After an d, supply 
that they. 



THE TULIP AND THE ROSE. 

A tulip and a rose were neighbors in the same garden. They 
were both exceedingly beautiful; yet the gardener paid 1 most care 
and most attention to 1 the rose, The tulip, vain of her exterior 
charms, and not being able to bear the thought of being abandoned 
for another, reproached 2 the gardener with his partiality. " Why is 
my beauty thus neglected?" she asked him. "Are not my colors 
more brilliant, more variegated, and more attractive, 3 than those of 
the rose ? Why then do you prefer her to me, and bestow 4 on her 
all your affection?" "Do not be discontented, beautiful tulip," 
answered the gardener; "I know your beauties, and I admire them 
as they deserve (it,) but there are in my favorite rose odors and in- 
ternal charms, which beauty alone cannot afford 5 me." 

External beauty strikes at first sight 6 , but we should prefer internal 
merit. 



*paid ... to, from avoir . . .pour. 2 reproached to the gardener his 
&c. 3 engageantes. 4 from donner. 5 procurer. 6 at first sight, dhibord. 



FRENCH EXERCISES. • 175 

MAHMOUD, KHAN OF TARTARY. 

A poor woman complained to Mahmoud, Khan of Tartary 1 , who 
conquered Persia in the tenth century, against (de) a person who had 
murdered her only son in the province of Yrac, in Persia. "How 
would you have one do 2 justice at such a distance?" said Mahmoud: 
"Why did you conquer countries, which you cannot govern at such 
a distance V replied the unfortunate mother. 

x Khan of Tartary, Kan des Tartares. 2 How would you have one do? 
Comment voulez-vous qu?on fasse ? 



LA FONTAINE. 



Of 1 the works of this author nothing can be recommended except 2 
his fables. In these 3 he has surpassed every other writer, and the 
name of the Inimitable La Fontaine has been given him by common 
consent. 4 His fables are perfectly natural, without the least affecta- 
tion, and replete with 5 wit. He was a man of extreme simplicity of 
manners; full of candor and probity; but in society always absent 6 
and thoughtful, so much so 7 , that he often spoke to his friends 
without knowing them. 

1 of ) parmi. 2 Write, one can recommend only. 3 Write, it is there 
that. 4 by common consent, d\in commun accord. 5 replete with, pleines 
de. 6 Write, he had always the mind absent. 7 so much so, a tel point. 



SWISS ANECDOTE. 



An inhabitant of the canton of Schwitz came one day to (vers) his 
neighbor Gaspard, who was working in a meadow, and said to him : 
" My friend, thou knowest that we are at variance about 1 this piece 
of ground: I have applied to the judge, because neither of us 
is sufficiently learned 2 to know which of us is right; 3 therefore, we 
must both appear before him to-morrow." "Frantz," answered 



176 . ELEMENTARY 

Gaspard, "thou seest that I have mowed the whole of the meadow; 

I must get in 4 the hay to-morrow; I cannot go." "What is to be 
done 5 ?" resumed the other, "how can I disappoint 6 the judge, who 
has fixed upon 7 to-morrow to (pour) decide on (de) the affair? Be- 
sides, I think it necessary to know to whom the ground belongs before 8 
gathering [Inf. Mood) the crop." They had thus disputed for some 
time, when G-aspard seized the band of Frantz, and exclaimed, " I'll 
tell thee what 9 , my friend : go to Schwitz alone, explain to the judge 
thy reasons and mine ; argue on both sides 10 ; why should I go thither 
myself?" "Agreed 11 ," said Frantz; "since thou trustest me with 
the management 12 of this business, depend upon it 13 I shall act for 
the best." 14 

The affair being thus settled, Frantz set off next day for the town, 
explained his reasons, and argued pro and con 15 with (de) all his 
might As soon as the verdict 16 was given 17 , he hastened 13 to (de) re- 
turn to his neighbor. " I congratulate thee, friend G-aspard," cried 
he, as soon as he perceived him, "the meadow is thine 19 , and I am 
glad that this business is* 20 finished." From 21 that day, (says the 
Swiss Chronicle, from which 22 this anecdote is extracted, 23 ) the two 
peasants lived in perfect friendship. 

1 to be at variance about, avoir un differ end pour. 2 learned, instruits. 
3 see appendix, page 144. -i to get in, ramasser. 5 Write, what is it necessary 
to do? 6 disappoint, manquer de parole a. 7 fixed upon, ckoisi, 8 before, avant 
de. 9 1*11 tell thee what, Je vais te dire ce quHl y a. lu Write, the two sides. 

II Agreed, ainsi conclu. 12 conduite, f. 13 Write, be assured. H for the best, 
de rnon mieux. 15 pro and con. pour et contre. lQ jugement y m. 17 prononce. 
18 hastened, from se hater. l9 £s thine, tfapparticnt. S0 See Remark on the 
subjunctive mood, page 142. 21 Bepuis. 22 from which, d'ou. 23 to extract, 
tirer. 



THE ACORN AND THE PUMPKIN. 

A villager, contemplating the size 1 of the pumpkin and the small- 
ness of its stem, 2 exclaimed: "Of (a) what was the Author of Na- 
ture thinking 3 , when he made 4 that plant? Its stem is so little 
proportioned to its size, that it cannot support it, and its fruit is 
obliged to lie on the ground and spoil. 5 That fruit would have been 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 177 

better placed on this oak : it is a large, strong tree. And again 6 , why 
does not the acorn, which is not bigger than my little finger, grow 
on a small stem?" 

These reflections embarrassed him greatly. In the mean time he 
lies down 7 at the foot of an oak to take a little nap : but he could not 
sleep. The wind was strong; it blew down 8 some acorns; one fell 9 
on the nose of our critic; the blood gushed out. 10 "Oh! oh!" said 
he, changing his tune, 11 "I see now that God has made right 12 what 
he has made. If these acorns had been pumpkins, they would have 
broken my head 13 ." So he returned home, praising God for (de) 
every thing. 

1 grosseur, f. 2 Write, how much its stem is small. 3 was thinking, from 
songer. 4 when he made, write, in making. 5 to spoil, se gdter. 6 encore. 
7 to lie down, se coucher. 8 to blow down, abuttre. 9 one fell, il en tomba 
un. 10 to gush out, sortir. n his tune, de langage. 12 bien. 13 Write, they 
would have broken to me the head. 



THE YOUNG FLY. 



A young fly was with her mother on a chimney wall, 1 quite 2 near 
a pot, in which 3 soup was boiling. 

The old fly who had business elsewhere, said to her daughter on 4 
flying away : " Stay where thou art, my child ; do not leave thj> 
place until my return." "Why, mamma?" asked the little one. 
" Because I am afraid that thou wilt go 5 too near that boiling spring." 
It is the pot that she called by that name. 6 "And why must I not 
go near 7 it?" " Because thou wouldst fall in, 8 and be drowned in 
it." 9 "And why would I fall into it?" 10 "I cannot tell thee the 
reason ; but trust to 11 my experience. Every time that a fly has 
taken it into her head 12 to fly over one of these springs, from which 13 
so many vapors rise,' 1 I have always seen that she fell in without 
ever rising from it again." 5 

The mother thought she had said 16 enough, and flew away. But 
the little one laughing at 17 her advice, said to herself: "Aged peo- 
ple are always too careful. Why wish to deprive me of the inno- 



178 ELEMENTARY 

cent pleasure of fluttering a little over this smoking spring? Have 
I not wings, and am I not prudent enough to avoid accidents? In 
short, mamma, it is in vain for you to talk, 18 and to allege your ex- 
perience to me, I will amuse myself in fluttering 19 a little around 
the spring ; and I should like 2C to know what would make me go 
down 21 into it." 22 

So saying 23 she flies off; but she was scarcely over 24 the pot, when, 
made giddy 25 by the steam which was rising from it, she fell in. 26 
Before expiring, 27 she still had time to utter these words : " Unhappy 
are the children who do not listen to 28 the advice of their parents!" 



1 the wall of a chimney. 2 quite, asses. 3 in which, oic. 4 on, en. 5 wilt 
go, subj. pres. of s J approcher. 6 by that name, ainsi. 7 to go near, s'ap- 
procher. 8 in, dedans. 9 be drowned in it, Vy noyeras. 10 into it, y. u trust 
from, croire; to, en. u to take it into one's head, s'aviser. 13 from which, 
$ovl 14 to rise, s'exhaler. 15 to rise again, remonter. 16 she had said; 
write, to have said. 17 to laugh at, se moquer de. 18 it is in vain for you 
to talk, vous avez beau dire. 10 Write, to flatter. 20 should like, voudrais 
bien. 21 go do wn, descendre. 22 into it, y. 23 Write, in saying that. 24 over, 
au dessus de. 2b made giddy, etourdie. 26 fell in, s'y laissa tomber. 21 Avant 
d'expirer. 28 to listen to, ecouler. 



THE ABENAKI. 



During one of the wars in America, a company of Abenakis 1 (a 
tribe of Indians,) defeated a small body 2 of British 3 troops. The 
vanquished could not escape from (a) enemies more nimble than they 
in running 4 , and eager 5 to pursue them. 

A young English officer, chased 6 by two savages, who came up 7 to 
him with raised battle-axes 8 , had no hope of escaping 9 from death. 
At the same time, an old Indian, armed with (de) a bow, approaches 
him and prepares to pierce him with (de) an arrow; but after having 
taken aim at 10 him, he lowers his bow suddenly, and runs to throw 
himself between the young officer and the two barbarians, who were 
going to massacre him. The latter retired with respect. 

The old man took the Englishman by the hand, encouraged 11 him 



FRENCH EXERCISES. 179 

by his caresses, and conducted him to his cabin, where he treated 
him with a kindness which never varied, (se cUmentit.) He made 
him (of him) less his slave than his companion; he taught him (to 
him) the language of the Abenakis, and the rude arts practised 12 by 
(chez) these people. They lived very happily together 13 . One thing 
only gave uneasiness to the officer; sometimes the old man used to 
fix 14 his (the) eyes upon him, and after having looked at 15 him he 
dropped (let fall) some tears. 

On (a) the return of spring, the savages resumed their (the) arms, 
and took the field 16 . The old man, who was still sufficiently robust 
to bear the fatigues of war, set out with them, accompanied by (de) 
his prisoner. The Abenakis marched more than (de) two hundred 
leagues through (a tr avers) the forests; at last, they arrived at a 
plain where they discovered a British encampment 17 . The old man 
showed 18 it to his prisoner, watching (in observing) his countenance. 
"There are thy brothers," said he to him; "there are the enemies 
who are awaiting us to give us battle. Listen : I have saved thy 
life 19 , I have taught thee to make a canoe, a bow and arrows, to 
handle the battle-axe, and to surprise the beaver in the forest. What 
wast thou, when I led thee to (dans) my hut? Thy hands were 
those of a child; they served neither to procure thee food, nor to de- 
fend thee. Thou knewest nothing. Thou owest every thing to me. 
Wiit thou unite thyself to thy brothers, and lift up the hatchet 
against us?" 

The Englishman declared that he would rather (would like better 
to) lose his (the) life a thousand times, than shed the blood of his 
deliverer. 

The Abenaki covered 20 his face with both his hands, bending down 21 
his (the) head; and after having (Inf. Mood) been some time in this 
attitude, he looked at the young Englishman, and said to him in 
(de) a tone of mingled 22 tenderness and grief: "Hast thou a father?" 
" My father," said the young man, " was living, when I left 23 my 
country/' "Alas'." cries the Indian, " how (que) unhappy he must bel 24 " 
and after a moment of silence, he added : " Dost thou know that I have 
been a father! I am one (le) no longer (plus.) I saw 23 my son fall 
in battle 25 ;" he was at my side; he was covered with wounds when 



MM 

180 FRENCH EXERCISES. ' * ** 

he fell 23 . But I have avenged him!" He pronounced these words 
with vehemence, (force.) All his body trembled. He was almost 
stifled with (par) groans, which he would not suffer 26 to escape. His 
eyes were restless 27 , his tears did not flow. He became calm 28 by 
degrees 2 ?, and turning himself towards the east, where the sun was 
rising, he said to the young officer: "Dost thou see that beautiful 
sky resplendent with (de) light? Hast thou any pleasure in (a) 
looking at it?" " Yes," replied the Englishman, "I have pleasure 
in looking at that beautiful sky." " I have none," said the Indian, 
in shedding a torrent of tears. Some moments after, he shows to 
the young man a magnolia in bloom 30 . "Dost thou see that beauti- 
ful tree," said he to him, "and dost thou look at it with pleasure?" 
"Yes," replied the young man, "I have pleasure in looking at it." 
"I no longer have any," said the Indian hastily 31 ; and immediately 
he added : " Depart, go back to thy father, that he may still have 
pleasure in seeing the rising 32 sun, and the flowers of the spring." 



1 Abenakis. 2 a small body of troops, un detachement. 3 Anglais. 4 in 
running, a la course. 5 acharnes. Q pressed 7 to come up to, aborder. 8 Write, 
the axe raised. 9 to escape from, se derober a. w to take- aim at, ajuster. 
11 from rassurer. u practised, en usage. 3 Write, much pleased with one 
another. H See Remark on the Imperfect, page 136. l5 to look at, re- 
garder. 6 to take the field, se mettre en campagne. 1T camp, m. 18 to 
show, faire voir. 19 Write, I to thee' have saved the life. 20 Write, put 
the two hands over his face. 21 bending down, en baissant. 22 Write, 
mingled with (de.) 23 Comp. Present. 24 Write, how he must be un- 
happy. 25 combat, m, 26 laisser. 27 egares. 28 to become calm, se calmer. 
29 by degrees, peu a pen. 30 in bloom, en fleurs. 3l avec precipitation. 
82 Write, the sun which rises. 



7GD0S HMD, 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2006 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16065 



